INMARK ENTERPRISES INC
10-K, 1999-07-06
NON-OPERATING ESTABLISHMENTS
Previous: VALENCE TECHNOLOGY INC, 8-K, 1999-07-06
Next: FIRST TRUST COMBINED SERIES 158, 497J, 1999-07-06



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
_x_ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
    OF 1934



For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 (Fee Required)

                  OR

___ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934


For the transition period from ______  to  ______ (No Fee Required)

                         Commission file number 0-20394

                            INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                                     06-1340408
(State or other jurisdiction of                    (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                    Identification No.)


415 Northern Boulevard, Great Neck, New York                    11021
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)


     Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (516) 622-2800

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
         Common Stock, $.001 par value


                  Indicate by check mark whether the  Registrant:  (1) has filed
all  reports  required  to be filed  by  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period
that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
                           Yes    _X_          No ___

                  Indicate  by check mark if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,  and will not be
contained,  to the  best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information  statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

As of June 29,  1999,  the  aggregate  market  value of the voting stock held by
non-affiliates of the Registrant was $6,612,961.


As of June 29, 1999,  4,513,481  shares of Common Stock,  $.001 par value,  were
outstanding.

                       Documents Incorporated by Reference

            Document                        Part of 10-K into which incorporated
            -------                         ------------------------------------

Definitive Proxy Statement relating to                           Part III
Registrant's 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>



                                     PART I


This  report  contains  certain  "forward-looking   statements"  concerning  the
Company's  operations,  economic performance and financial condition,  which are
subject  to  inherent  uncertainties  and risks.  Actual  results  could  differ
materially from those anticipated in this report.  When used in this report, the
words "estimate,"  "project,"  "anticipate,"  "expect,"  "intend," "believe" and
similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.


Item 1.  Business.
- ------   ---------

General Introduction

                  Inmark  Enterprises,   Inc.  ("Inmark"),   together  with  its
wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Inmark Services, Inc. ("Services"),  Optimum Group,
Inc.  ("Optimum"),  U.S.  Concepts,  Inc.  ("U.S.  Concepts" and,  together with
Inmark, Services and Optimum, the "Company"), is a full service marketing, sales
promotion  and   interactive   new  media  services  and   E-commerce   provider
organization  which  designs,   develops  and  implements  customized  national,
regional and local consumer and trade promotion programs.  The Company's clients
are  principally   Fortune  500  consumer  product   companies.   The  Company's
promotional  programs are designed to enhance the value of its clients' budgeted
expenditures  and  achieve,  in an  objectively  measurable  way,  its  clients'
specific marketing and promotional  objectives.  In the industry,  the Company's
programs are commonly referred to as "account  specific" and or  "co-marketing",
as they may target the  participation and cooperation of a specific retail chain
or groups of retailers or other sources of distribution to attain results in the
form of increased  in-store product  displays,  related  consumer  purchases and
enhanced product brand name  recognition.  In addition to traditional  marketing
and sales  promotional  services,  the Company's  services and programs  include
interactive  new media  services  consisting  of Internet web site  development,
E-commerce,  electronic  sales  presentations  and computer based  training.  By
providing a wide range of programs and services,  the Company  affords clients a
total  solutions  resource  for  strategic   planning,   creative   development,
production and implementation, including in-store and special event activities.

                  Inmark  was  initially  formed  under the laws of the State of
Delaware in March 1992 as Health Image Media,  Inc.  Its  principal  offices are
located at 415 Northern Boulevard, Great Neck, New York 11021, and its telephone
number is 516-622-2800.

                  The  Company  began to engage  in its  current  operations  on
September 29, 1995 upon consummation of a merger transaction (the "Merger") as a
result  of  which  Inmark  Services,  Inc.,  a New  York  corporation,  became a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Inmark and the management of Inmark  Services,  Inc.
became the  executive  management  of the Company.  Previously,  Inmark had been
engaged in unrelated activities which were discontinued in June 1993.

                  On  March  31,  1998,   Optimum,   an  indirect   wholly-owned
subsidiary of Inmark acquired all of the assets and assumed certain  liabilities
of OG Holding Corporation, formerly known

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



as Optimum Group, Inc. (the "Optimum  Acquisition").  The purchase price for the
Optimum  Acquisition  consisted of $9,298,000 in cash  (including  expenses),  a
subordinated  note of Inmark in the  principal  amount  of  $2,500,000,  565,385
shares of newly and  validly  issued  common  stock of  Inmark  ("Inmark  Common
Stock") and the payment or  assumption of  approximately  $1,900,000 of existing
debt of the seller.  Simultaneously with the closing of the Optimum Acquisition,
the Company  entered into a loan  agreement  with a bank (the "Loan  Agreement")
pursuant to which the Company  obtained a  $5,000,000  five-year  term loan (the
"Term Loan") and a $5,000,000  revolving  loan credit  facility (the  "Revolving
Loan Facility",  and together with the Term Loan, the "Loan").  A portion of the
proceeds  of  the  Loan  was  used  to  finance  the  Optimum  Acquisition.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations".  The Optimum business, founded in 1973, provides marketing,  visual
communications  and graphic design  services  which  complement and add value to
those services  provided by other  subsidiaries of the Company.  Optimum assists
clients in varied  industries in identifying the best and most complete solution
for their business  communication  needs.  Optimum  offers clients  leading edge
visual communications technology and Internet development, interface and access,
interactive sales training and support  solutions,  and serves as an independent
resource  for  strategic   planning,   creative   development,   production  and
implementation.

                  On December 29, 1998, U.S.  Concepts,  a Delaware  corporation
and wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company  acquired the business  conducted by
U.S.  Concepts,  Inc., a New York  corporation  now known as Murphy  Liquidating
Corporation (the "U.S. Concepts  Acquisition").  The purchase price for the U.S.
Concepts Acquisition was $1,660,000, consisting of $1,410,000 in cash (including
expenses)  and 30,000  newly  issued  shares of Inmark  Common  Stock  valued at
$250,000.  In the event that U.S. Concepts  achieves  specified pre-tax earnings
during  the  four-year  period   commencing  on  January  1,  1999,   additional
installments of purchase price totaling up to $2,500,000 may be payable.  At the
option  of the  recipient,  50% of such  installments  may be paid in  shares of
Inmark Common Stock.  In connection  with the U.S.  Concepts  Acquisition,  U.S.
Concepts  assumed  liabilities in the amount of $2,500,000.  The cash portion of
the U.S.  Concepts  Acquisition  was financed  with  proceeds from the Company's
remaining unused Revolving Loan Facility.  The U.S. Concepts business founded in
1983, provides event marketing and in-store promotion services,  including brand
creating and execution of special event  campaigns,  tours and festivals,  sales
driven sampling,  demonstration  programs and events.  These services complement
and add value to the services provided by the other subsidiaries of the Company.
U.S.  Concepts  assists  clients with the expertise and manpower to reach target
customers  where they live,  shop,  play and study in a manner  that  integrates
client brands directly with customer lifestyles.

                  On  January  14,  1999,  the Loan  Agreement  was  amended  to
increase the principal  amount  available  under the Revolving Loan Facility for
the period  from  January  14,  1999 to and  including  December  31,  1999 from
$5,000,000 to  $7,000,000.  The Loan  Agreement was further  amended on June 30,
1999 to reduce the principal  amount  available  under the Revolving Loan Credit
Facility from $7,000,000 to $5,000,000 and to amend certain financial covenants.
In connection with the June 30, 1999 amendment,  the bank granted waivers of the
Company's  non-compliance  with respect to such financial covenants with respect
to the quarter ended March 31, 1999. See "Risk Factors-Outstanding Indebtedness;
Security Interest" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

Description of Business

                  General.  The  Company  is a  full  service  marketing,  sales
promotion  and   interactive   new  media  services  and   E-commerce   provider
organization  which  designs,  develops  and  implements  customized,  national,
regional and local consumer and trade promotion programs.  The Company's clients
are  principally   Fortune  500  consumer  product   companies.   The  Company's
promotional  programs are designed to enhance the value of its clients' budgeted
expenditures  and to achieve,  in an objective and measurable  way, its clients'
specific  marketing  and  promotional  objectives.  The  Company's  co-marketing
"Account  Specific" programs often target the participation and cooperation of a
specific  retail chain or group of retailers  or other  sources of  distribution
(the  "Trade")  to attain  results  in the form of  increased  in-store  product
display, related consumer purchases and enhanced product brand name recognition.

                  The Company's  marketing,  sales  promotion,  creative and new
media services generally include:  (a) strategic  planning,  market research and
analysis, product positioning, selling strategy and process and direct marketing
services which assist clients in identifying and defining  specific  objectives;
(b) advising  clients on the  deployment  of budgeted  amounts to achieve  their
objectives  and  maximize  value;  (c)  concept  development,   graphic  design,
conventional  and  computer   illustration,   copy  writing,  3-D  graphics  and
animation,  layout and production,  photography and video services which develop
the concept and subsequently create the consumer and trade promotional  program;
(d) implementing  turnkey training and incentive  programs,  including providing
documentation,  program manuals and artwork,  training a client's  marketing and
sales  staffs,  buying  media  and  merchandise,  designing  in-store  displays,
commercial  editing,  coordination  and  trafficking  of media and total program
administration;  (e) multimedia sales presentations,  interactive computer based
sales training,  and Internet web site development and access; and (f) provision
of on-site and in-store  personnel to conduct and coordinate the  implementation
of specifically  created promotional special events,  sampling and demonstration
activities and programs.

                  The Company  combines the needs of its clients and it clients'
sales forces and Trade outlets with the  Company's  experience,  techniques  and
proprietary  systems to provide  solutions  and  measurable  results.  A typical
program  will  integrate  numerous   promotional   techniques  which  take  into
consideration a number of factors,  including: (a) the channel of Trade on which
the client is focused and a determination of the most effective manner to obtain
distribution  support for the client's  product;  (b) the means by which to best
educate the client's  sales force in  soliciting  Trade support for the client's
products without creating excessive or burdensome  administrative  details;  and
(c) the profile of the retail consumer of the client's  products.  Distinct from
many  promotion and marketing  companies  which may adopt  specific  promotional
programs or techniques regardless of the product, Inmark's programs are tailored
to the client's particular goals and may include various  components,  including
promotional   broadcast  media,   premium  incentives  to  Trade  employees  and
representatives,   in-store  merchandising  and  sampling,  commercial  tagging,
special  events,  specialty  printing,  licensing,  point-of-purchase  displays,
couponing and interactive video and Internet services.

                  Industry  Background.  Consumer goods manufacturers  typically
employ two separate

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



but related marketing  programs to sell their products.  First, they undertake a
general advertising campaign, often engaging an advertising agency, to create an
image for their product and to communicate that image to the consumer. A general
advertising campaign typically employs television,  radio, print media and other
forms of  communication  designed  to  generate  brand  recognition  and product
awareness  among  consumers.  Second,  they undertake a promotional  advertising
program,  often on a local or regional rather than national level, which may aim
to induce the Trade to display  and carry their  products,  and which may target
the consumer to promote  purchases and further increase brand name  recognition.
Promotion  advertising  may include  broadcast media and may employ or integrate
portions of the image created through the general advertising  campaign,  but it
is typically more "directed" to the point of purchase, employing techniques such
as couponing,  sampling,  incentives  to the Trade,  events,  merchandising  and
licensing and similar efforts.

                  Promo Magazine's 1998 Annual Report on the Promotion  Industry
reported that the  promotion  industry  continued to grow as consumer  promotion
expenditures  increased $7.9 billion to $79.4 billion in 1997, reflecting an 11%
increase  in such  expenditures  over the prior  year.  According  to the Annual
Report,  trends  indicate a  continuing  increase in in-store  and local  market
account specific directed promotions and a continuing increase in the use of the
Internet  to  involve  consumers.  Additionally,  packaged  goods  manufacturers
continue to downsize their in-house marketing and promotion  personnel to reduce
general and administrative  expenses,  and correspondingly  have increased their
use of third  party  promotions  businesses,  such as Inmark,  to  utilize  cost
effective,  innovative and efficient  promotional  programs  maximizing budgeted
expenditures.

                  The  Company's  Programs.  The  Company  believes  that  it is
well-positioned to meet the increasing demands of consumer product manufacturers
by offering a range of  customized,  rather  than "off the  shelf",  promotional
programs.  These programs provide turnkey  implementation,  and utilize creative
development tools, sales support, relationships with media outlets, the Internet
and other forms of visual  communications,  promotional products and activities,
and  administrative  services.  The  Company's  services are  supported  with an
innovative management  information system to gather,  monitor,  track and report
the implementation status of each program. The Company's ability to capture data
regarding sales activity and Trade acceptance of a particular  program on a real
time basis enables the Company and its clients to continually monitor and adjust
the program to maximize its  effectiveness.  A Company  promotional  program may
promote a client's  products on a uniform  basis  nationwide or may be otherwise
tailored for a particular  regional or local  market for a specific  product.  A
program,  localized for specific  markets or products,  can be coordinated  with
respect to both timing and expenditure,  to run  simultaneously  with individual
and customized programs nationwide.

                  The Company's  promotional  campaign  strategies are typically
implemented with the use of one or more of the following promotional products:

                  o Promotional Radio - Broadcast time for traditional  concept,
image  and  brand  recognition   advertising  and  as  an  incentive  for  Trade
participation. Trade participation for a client often takes the form of tangible
merchandising  performance  such as  additional  display of a client's  products
within the Trade's stores, an increase in the product  inventory  throughout the
Trade's chain,

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



a Trade's coupon circular or solo-mailers referencing and promoting the client's
product. The Trade may also permit product sampling within one or more stores in
the chain.  The value of broadcast  time made available to the Trade for its own
discretionary  use is a  significant  inducement  for  Trade  participation  and
support of a  promotional  program  because it provides to the Trade media which
the Trade would otherwise have to purchase.

                  o  Promotional   Television  -  Broadcast   time,  to  achieve
objectives similar to those of promotional radio, and to create an incentive for
Trade  participation.  The advertising value added through the Company's editing
of a client's television commercial to include a specific Trade customer's name,
logo and feature activity with the client's television  advertising  provides an
incentive  similar  to  promotional   radio  for  Trade   participation  in  the
promotional program.

                  o Dealer  Loaders  -  Awards,  of  various  types  and  value,
consisting of merchandise,  travel, entertainment and or other services, offered
to the Trade in return for providing  specific in-store  merchandising on behalf
of a client's product.

                  o Special Events - Custom designed event marketing programs in
support of client brand needs.  These programs consist of creating,  organizing,
implementing   and/or   participating   in  tours,   comedy  and  music  events,
competitions, fairs, festivals and college marketing events.

                  o In-Store  Sampling and  Demonstrations  - Trained  personnel
providing  sampling or  demonstration  of a client's  product at various  retail
outlets including grocery, mass merchandise, beverage and drug stores.

                  o Trade/Account Specific Consumer Promotions - A full range of
consumer in-store promotional programs, integrated with Trade-directed promotion
programs,  which are  designed  to  increase  consumer  interest  in a  client's
products and  increase  brand name  recognition.  These  promotions  include (a)
merchandise  giveaways in conjunction with product  purchases;  (b) vacation and
product sweepstakes (for which the Company designs display materials, writes the
rules, qualifies the winners and arranges travel plans or product ordering); (c)
product sampling in one or more stores; and (d) traditional couponing.

                  o New  Media  -  Use  of  the  Internet  and  other  forms  of
interactive visual communication designed to augment traditional media and reach
audiences  that prefer a more active media.  The  Company's  new media  services
include  Internet web site design,  support,  and  development  and provision of
reliable,  high-speed access and maintenance through the Company's own dedicated
pipeline,   computer   based   training,   E-commerce   and   electronic   sales
presentations.

                  o Creative  Services - A full range of services  which include
concept development,  graphic design,  copywriting,  3-D graphics and animation,
illustration, photography and video.

                  Marketing  Strategy.  The Company's  marketing  strategy is to
offer its clients creative  promotional programs intended to produce objectively
measurable  results  while  removing  from  clients  the  significant  burden of
administrative and logistical details associated with such programs. This

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



strategy has focused,  and in the future will  continue to focus,  on clients in
the  packaged  goods  industry,  where  ample  opportunities  continue to exist.
However,  the Company also has  broadened its strategy by offering its trade and
consumer  promotion  products to clients in other  industries  which the Company
believes  can  benefit  from a  comprehensive  customized  program  on a turnkey
implementation  basis, such as financial services,  entertainment,  electronics,
health care and transportation.

                  The  Company  believes  that its  strategy  of  attempting  to
provide comprehensive solutions to its clients' promotional advertising programs
distinguishes  it from certain of its  competitors,  which provide only specific
promotional  programs  without office and field support (an integral part of the
Company's business). The Company also believes that its strategy is more attuned
to clients' needs,  particularly as clients seek to contract out all promotional
advertising  for a specific  product as a result of  downsizing  their  in-house
capabilities.

                  The Company's  services are marketed directly by the Company's
sales force consisting of forty-two  salespersons operating out of fully staffed
and/or sales offices  located in Great Neck and New York,  New York;  Cincinnati
and Cleveland,  Ohio;  Chicago and Barrington,  Illinois;  Birmingham,  Alabama;
Bloomington, Minnesota; Los Angeles, Laguna Hills and San Francisco, California;
New Brunswick, New Jersey; Boston, Massachusetts; and Worcester, Pennsylvania.

                  Customers.  The Company's principal clients are packaged goods
and other  consumer  products  manufacturers,  generally  among the Fortune 500,
which are actively  engaged in promoting their products both to the Trade and to
consumers.  The  Company's  clients  include,  among  others,  Colgate-Palmolive
Company,  General  Mills,  Inc., The Procter & Gamble  Company,  The Minute Maid
Company,  Bestfoods  Specialty  Products,  Bayer Corporation,  Lamb Weston Inc.,
Hillshire  Farm  &  Kahn's,  Inc.,  Starkist  Seafood  Company,  Hewlett-Packard
Company,  Hunt Foods  Company,  Perdue  Farms,  Inc.,  The Quaker Oats  Company,
American Home Products Corporation,  Fender Musical Instruments  Corporation and
Duracell  Corporation.  For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999,  before giving
effect to the U.S.  Concepts  Acquisition and on a pro forma basis giving effect
to the U.S. Concepts Acquisition by including the revenues of the predecessor of
U.S.  Concepts for its year ended December 31, 1998, the Company had one client,
The Procter & Gamble Company,  which accounted for approximately 11.6% and 21.2%
of its revenues,  respectively.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations".  To the extent that the Company
continues  to have a  heavily  weighted  sales  concentration  with  one or more
clients, the loss of any such client could have a material adverse affect on the
earnings of the Company. Unlike traditional general advertising firms, which are
engaged  as agents of record  on  behalf  of  consumer  products  manufacturers,
promotional  companies,  including  the  Company,  typically  are  engaged  on a
product- by-product,  or project-by-project  basis. However, the relationship of
the Company and its  predecessors  with certain of its clients has continued for
in excess of 20 years.

                  Competition.  The market for  promotional  services  is highly
competitive,  with hundreds of companies claiming to provide various services in
the promotion industry.  In general,  the Company's  competition is derived from
two  basic   groups   (which   market  their   services  to  consumer   products
manufacturers):  (a) other full service  promotion  agencies  and (b)  companies
which  specialize  in one  specific  aspect  or niche of a  general  promotional
program. Other full service promotion

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



agencies may be a part of or affiliated with larger general advertising agencies
which have greater  financial and  marketing  resources  available  than Inmark.
These  competitors  include  Cato  Johnson  (which is  affiliated  with  Young &
Rubicam),  J. Brown/LMC (which is affiliated with Grey Advertising),  and Market
Growth  Resources  (which is a  division  of True North  Communications).  Niche
competitors  include Don Jagoda,  Inc.,  which  specializes in sweepstakes;  Act
Media,  Inc., a subsidiary of Heritage Media, Inc., which specializes in a broad
range of in-store programs;  and Catalina Marketing,  Inc., which specializes in
cash register couponing programs. See "Risk Factors Competition".

Employees

                   The Company  currently  has 210  full-time  and 722 part-time
employees,  including 42 full-time and 3 part-time  employees involved in sales,
134  full-time  and  719  part-time  employees  in  marketing  support,  program
management and in-store sampling and  demonstration,  12 full-time  employees in
new media and information  technology and 22 full-time  employees in finance and
administration.  None  of the  Company's  employees  is  represented  by a labor
organization and the Company considers the  relationships  with its employees to
be good.

Risk Factors

                  Dependence on Key Personnel. The Company's business is managed
by a relatively small number of key management and operating personnel, the loss
of  certain  of whom  could  have a  material  adverse  impact on the  Company's
business. The Company believes that its future success will depend in large part
on its  continued  ability to attract and retain  highly  skilled and  qualified
personnel.  Each of the  Company's  key  executives  is a party to an employment
agreement that expires in either 2001, 2002 or 2003 and thereafter automatically
renews  for an  additional  term of one  year  unless  either  party  elects  to
terminate the agreement  upon at least 60 days notice prior to the expiration of
the then current term.

                  Customers.   The  Company's  principal  clients  are  consumer
product  manufacturers,  generally  among the Fortune  500,  which are  actively
engaged in promoting  their products both to specific  retail chains,  groups of
retailers or other sources of  distribution  and to consumers.  As a substantial
portion of the  Company's  sales have been  dependent on one client or a limited
concentration of clients, to the extent such dependency  continues,  significant
fluctuations in revenues, results of operations and liquidity could arise should
such  client  or  clients  reduce  their  budgets  allocated  to  the  Company's
activities. See "Description of Business - Customers".

                  Unpredictable  Revenue Patterns.  A significant portion of the
Company's  revenues are derived from large promotional  programs which originate
on a project by project basis.  Since these projects are  susceptible to change,
delay  or  cancellation  as a  result  of  specific  client  financial  or other
circumstantial  issues as well as changes in the overall economy,  the Company's
revenue is unpredictable and may vary  significantly  from period to period. See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations".


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



                  Competition.  The market for  promotional  services  is highly
competitive,  with hundreds of companies claiming to provide various services in
the promotion  industry.  Certain of these companies may have greater  financial
and  marketing  resources  than those  available  to the  Company.  The  Company
competes  on the basis of the quality  and the degree of  comprehensive  service
which it provides to its  clients.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company
will be able to  continue  to  compete  successfully  with  existing  or  future
industry competitors. See "Description of Business Competition".

                  Risks  Associated with  Acquisitions.  An integral part of the
Company's  growth  strategy is evaluating  and,  from time to time,  engaging in
discussions regarding acquisitions and strategic relationships. No assurance can
be  given  that  suitable   acquisitions  or  strategic   relationships  can  be
identified,  financed and completed on acceptable  terms,  or that the Company's
future acquisitions, if any, will be successful.

                  Expansion  Risk. The Company is experiencing a period of rapid
expansion.  This growth has increased the operating complexity of the Company as
well as the  level  of  responsibility  for  both  existing  and new  management
personnel.  The  Company's  ability to manage  its  expansion  effectively  will
require it to continue to implement  and improve its  operational  and financial
systems  and to expand,  train and  manage  its  employee  base.  The  Company's
inability to  effectively  manage its  expansion  could have a material  adverse
effect on its business.

                  Control by Executive  Officers and  Directors.  The  executive
officers of the Company collectively  beneficially own a significant  percentage
of the  voting  stock of Inmark  and,  in  effect,  have the power to  influence
strongly the outcome of all matters requiring  stockholder  approval,  including
the election or removal of directors and the approval of  significant  corporate
transactions. Such voting could also delay or prevent a change in the control of
Inmark  in which  the  holders  of the  Inmark  Common  Stock  could  receive  a
substantial  premium.  In addition,  the Loan  Agreement  requires the executive
officers of Inmark  maintain a minimum  percentage  of  beneficial  ownership of
Inmark Common Stock during the term of the Loan Agreement.

                  Outstanding Indebtedness; Security Interest. Inmark, Services,
Optimum  and U.S.  Concepts  are  parties  to the  $5,000,000  Revolving  Credit
Facility and to the $5,000,000  five-year Term Loan. The prompt and full payment
and other  performance of all of the  obligations of Services,  Optimum and U.S.
Concepts under the Loan Agreement or otherwise to the lender or any affiliate of
the lender are  guaranteed  by Inmark.  As security  for all of its  obligations
under the Loan  Agreement,  (a)  Inmark,  Services,  Optimum  and U.S.  Concepts
granted the lender a first priority lien on and security  interest in all of the
assets of Inmark,  Services,  Optimum and U.S. Concepts,  including the stock of
Services, Optimum and U.S. Concepts and the right, title and interest of Inmark,
Services, Optimum and U.S. Concepts in and to the Optimum Agreement and the U.S.
Concepts  Agreement,  and (b) Inmark  pledged  its shares of  Services  and U.S.
Concepts,  and Services pledged its shares of Optimum to the lender. If an event
of default  occurs under the Loan  Agreement,  at the lender's  option,  (i) the
Revolving  Credit Facility shall  terminate,  (ii) the principal and interest of
the Loan and all other obligations under the Loan Agreement shall be immediately
due and payable,  and (iii) the lender shall be entitled to exercise any and all
rights and remedies provided for in the Loan Agreement

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



and in any  document  delivered  to the  lender  in  connection  with  the  Loan
Agreement,  all  rights  and  remedies  of a secured  party  under  the  Uniform
Commercial  Code,  and all other  rights  and  remedies  that may  otherwise  be
available to the lender by agreement or at law or in equity.  At March 31, 1999,
the principal amount of the Company's notes payable to the lender under the Loan
Agreement was  $10,000,000  and, at that date, the Company was not in compliance
with three of the financial covenants  contained in the Loan Agreement;  namely,
the defined  maximum  senior debt  leverage  ratio,  the minimum  EBITDA and the
maximum  permitted capital  expenditures.  On June 30, 1999, the Company and the
lender executed an amendment to the Loan Agreement  pursuant to which the lender
waived the Company's  non-compliance  with respect to such  financial  covenants
with respect to the quarter  ended March 31, 1999 and modifying  such  financial
covenants in a manner that is consistent with the Company's business plan. There
can be no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to  satisfy,  on an ongoing
basis,  the amended  financial  covenants  contained in the Loan Agreement.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources".

                  Shares  Eligible  for Future  Sale.  Future sales of shares of
Inmark Common Stock by existing  stockholders  under Rule 144 of the  Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  or through the  exercise of
outstanding registration rights or the issuance of shares of Inmark Common Stock
upon the exercise of options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities
could  materially  adversely  affect the market price of shares of Inmark Common
Stock and could  materially  impair  Inmark's  future  ability to raise  capital
through an offering of equity  securities.  Substantially all outstanding shares
of Inmark Common Stock,  other than those held by affiliates,  are  transferable
without  restriction  under the Securities Act. No predictions can be made as to
the effect, if any, that market sales of such shares or the availability of such
shares for future sale will have on the market price of shares of Inmark  Common
Stock prevailing from time to time.


Forward Looking Statements.

                  This   report    contains   or   incorporates   by   reference
forward-looking  statements  which the Company believes to be within the meaning
of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  that are based on beliefs of the
Company's  management as well as assumptions  made by and information  currently
available  to the  Company's  management.  When used in this  report,  the words
"estimate,"  "project,"  "believe,"  "anticipate,"  "intend,"  "expect," "plan,"
"predict,"  "may,"  'should,"  "will," the negative  thereof or other variations
thereon or  comparable  terminology  are intended to  identify,  forward-looking
statements.  Such  statements  reflect  the current  views of the  Company  with
respect  to future  events  based on  currently  available  information  and are
subject to risks and  uncertainties  that could cause  actual  results to differ
materially from those contemplated in those forward-looking statements.  Factors
that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from the  Company's
expectations,  include  but are not  limited to those  described  above in "Risk
Factors".  Other  factors may be  described  from time to time in the  Company's
public filings with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  news releases and
other  communications.  The forward-looking  statements contained in this report
speak only as of the date hereof.  The Company does not undertake any obligation
to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect
events or circumstances after the date hereof

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Item 2.  Properties.
- ------   ----------

                  The Company has the following leased facilities:
<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                              <C>          <C>
                                                                      Square        Annual
                 Facility                  Location                    Feet        Base Rent
                 --------                  --------                   ------       ---------
Principal office of Inmark
and principal and sales office of
Services                             Great Neck, New York             16,500        $292,000

Principal and sales office of
Optimum                              Cincinnati, Ohio                 17,000        $144,000

Principal and sales office of
U.S. Concepts                        New York, New York               11,500        $167,000

Other sales offices of               Barrington, Illinois                800
Services, Optimum,                   Chicago, Illinois                 1,400
and U.S. Concepts                    Cleveland, Ohio                     100
                                     Los Angeles, California             800
                                     San Francisco, California         2,650
                                     Laguna Hills, California            300
                                     Boston, Massachusetts               350
                                     New Brunswick, New Jersey           300
                                     Birmingham, Alabama                 100
                                     Minneapolis, Minnesota              300
                                     Worcester, Pennsylvania             100
                                                                     -------
                                                    Total              7,200        $149,000

Warehouses of Optimum,               Cincinnati, Ohio                  3,500
 and U.S. Concepts used              Los Angeles, California           1,000
for storage of promotional items     New York, New York                  400
                                     Miami Beach, Florida                600
                                     Boston, Massachusetts               200
                                     San Diego, California               200
                                     Chicago, Illinois                   800
                                     San Francisco, California         1,000
                                                                      ------
                                                                       7,700        $107,000
</TABLE>

With the  exception of the  principal  office  leases for Great Neck,  New York,
Cincinnati,  Ohio and New York, New York, which at March 31, 1999 have remaining
terms of ten years, eleven years and seventeen months respectively,  each of the
Company's  other  facility  leases is short term and annually  renewable.  For a
summary of the Company's  minimal  rental  commitments  under all  noncancelable
operating  leases as of March 31, 1999, see note 4 to the Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

                                      -11-

<PAGE>



Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.
- ------   -----------------

                  On April 30,  1999,  U.S.  Concepts  was sued in the  Superior
Court of the State of California,  County of San  Francisco,  by Ms. Star Norman
for damages in excess of $25,000 plus  unspecified  punitive and other  damages.
The complaint arises out of plaintiff's claim of sex discrimination in violation
of California  Fair  Employment and Housing Act and the California  constitution
and wrongful discharge in violation of public policy.

                  All of the acts  complained of took place prior to the date of
incorporation  of U.S.  Concepts  in  Delaware  and at a time  when the  subject
business  was  being  conducted  by a New  York  corporation,  then  named  U.S.
Concepts,   Inc.  and  now  named  Murphy   Liquidating   Corporation   ("Murphy
Liquidating").  The subject  business was acquired by U.S.  Concepts from Murphy
Liquidating  on  December  29,  1998.  The  Company  intends to defend this case
vigorously  on the grounds  that U.S.  Concepts  has no  liability  for the acts
complained  of because  they all took place  before  the  incorporation  of U.S.
Concepts in Delaware. The Company will also vigorously assert that U.S. Concepts
never  assumed  the  obligation  of  Murphy  Liquidating,  if there  be one,  in
connection with the acquisition of the subject  business.  Further,  the Company
has  notified   Murphy   Liquidating   and  its   shareholder   that  it  claims
indemnification  from them for any loss  arising  from this  matter  pursuant to
indemnification  agreements  entered into in connection  with the U.S.  Concepts
Acquisition.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
- ------   ---------------------------------------------------

                  Not Applicable.

                                      -12-

<PAGE>



                                     PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.
- ------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Market Information

                  Effective December 17, 1996, Inmark Common Stock began trading
on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol IMKE. Prior to that date,  Inmark
Common Stock was traded  over-the-counter  on the OTC Electronic  Bulletin Board
under the same symbol.  Prior to October 20, 1997,  in addition to Inmark Common
Stock,  traded securities of Inmark included Units, Class A Warrants and Class B
Warrants.  The Units,  Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants  ceased to trade as
the  term of both  the  Class A  Warrants  and  Class B  Warrants  expired.  The
following  table sets  forth for the  periods  indicated  the high and low trade
prices for Inmark  Common  Stock as reported by NASDAQ.  The  quotations  listed
below  reflect  inter-dealer  prices,  without  retail  mark-ups,  mark-downs or
commissions and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
                                        Common Stock
                                        ------------
                                    High             Low
                                    ----             ---
Fiscal Year 1998
- ----------------

First Quarter                       5 1/8            4

Second Quarter                      6 1/2            4 1/2

Third Quarter                       7 15/16          5 3/8

Fourth Quarter                      7 3/16           4 3/4

Fiscal Year 1999
- ----------------

First Quarter                       12 1/2           5 1/32

Second Quarter                      10               4 7/8

Third Quarter                       8 15/16          5 10/32

Fourth Quarter                      9 10/32          3 15/16

                  On May  4,  1998,  Inmark's  Board  of  Directors  declared  a
five-for-four  stock split of Inmark  Common Stock in the form of a  twenty-five
percent stock dividend  payable on June 14, 1998 to stockholders of record as of
May 14, 1998. On June 29, 1999, giving effect to the stock dividend,  there were
4,513,481   shares  of  Inmark  Common  Stock   outstanding,   approximately  47
shareholders of record and  approximately 700 beneficial owners whose shares are
held by a number of financial institutions.

                  Inmark has never  declared  or paid cash  dividends  on Inmark
Common Stock. The Company intends to retain earnings,  if any, to finance future
operations and expansion and does not expect to pay any cash dividends on Inmark
Common Stock in the foreseeable  future.  In addition,  pursuant to the terms of
the Loan  Agreement,  the Company may only pay a cash  dividend one time in each
fiscal year  subsequent to the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 and may only pay
such dividend

                                      -13-

<PAGE>



(a) in an amount  not in  excess  of 25% of the  Company's  net  income  for the
immediately  preceding  fiscal  year,  (b) if no event  of  default  shall  have
occurred and be  continuing  or will occur as a result of making such  dividend,
and (c) if the  Company  has  made  the  mandatory  prepayments  of  outstanding
principal  required by the Loan  Agreement.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations  - Liquidity  and
Capital Resources".

Recent Sales of Nonregistered Securities

                  On December 29,  1998,  30,000  unregistered  shares of Inmark
Common  Stock  were  issued to Murphy  Liquidating  in  partial  payment  of the
purchase  price for the U.S.  Concepts  Acquisition.  The shares  were issued in
reliance upon the exemption from  registration  contained in Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act as the U.S. Concepts  Acquisition was a transaction not involving
a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act.


Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.
- ------   -----------------------

                  The Merger on September 29, 1995 of Inmark Services, Inc. into
a newly-formed  wholly-owned subsidiary of Inmark was accounted for as a reverse
purchase of Inmark by Inmark  Services,  Inc., and for financial  accounting and
reporting  purposes,   Inmark  Services,   Inc.  is  treated  as  the  acquirer.
Accordingly,  the selected  financial  data reported  below for periods prior to
April  1,  1995 is that of  Inmark  Services,  Inc.  and its  predecessors.  The
financial  statements  of the  Company  and of  Inmark  Services,  Inc.  are not
comparable  to those of its  predecessors  due to the  application  of  purchase
accounting adjustments as a result of the Inmark Services,  Inc.  management-led
buyout of Spar, one of those predecessors.
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>             <C>                <C>             <C>             <C>
                                          Year Ended      Year Ended         Year Ended      Year Ended      Year Ended
                                           March  31,      March  31,         March 31,       March 31,       March 31,
                                            1995 (1)       1996 (2)             1997           1998 (3)        1999 (4)
                                          ------------    ------------       -----------     ------------    -----------

Statement of Operations Data:

Sales                                     $13,670,938     $14,645,990        $18,901,730      $25,965,780    $38,781,136

Gross Profit                                4,453,233       4,497,192          6,291,821        8,403,363     12,469,901

Income before Income Taxes                  1,248,886         461,486          2,129,579        3,579,445      2,230,900

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes           19,495        (506,161)          (159,924)       1,300,000        892,361

Net Income                                  1,229,391         967,647          2,289,503        2,279,445      1,338,539

Net Income per Common and Common Equivalent Share*:
     Basic                                       **           $.46               $.64             $.63           $.30

     Diluted                                     **           $.38               $.51             $.50           $.24

* Adjusted  for the  five-for-four  stock  split  effective  May 14, 1998

** Not applicable as companies were privately owned
</TABLE>


                                                       -14-

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>          <C>              <C>         <C>            <C>

                                            March 31,     March 31,      March 31,      March 31,     March 31,
                                              1995          1996           1997         1998 (5)        1999
                                            ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------     ---------
Balance Sheet Data:

Working Capital (deficiency)              $(2,204,473) $   (846,489)    $1,859,868  $   2,446,502  $  3,146,441

Total Assets                                5,242,136     5,118,569      8,559,840     30,818,389    42,452,443

Long-Term Debt                                    -             -              -        9,500,000    11,875,000

Total Liabilities                           5,241,986     3,104,792      4,022,459     20,145,423    29,875,338

Stockholders Equity                               150     2,013,777      4,537,381     10,672,966    12,577,105


</TABLE>
(1)  Represents  operations of Spar which was acquired by Inmark Services,  Inc.
     on April 3, 1995 in a transaction accounted for as a purchase.

(2)  Includes  operations of Inmark  Services,  Inc. for the entire year and the
     Company from the September 29, 1995 Merger date.

(3)  Represents  operations of the Company  excluding the  operations of Optimum
     Group, Inc. acquired on March 31, 1998.

(4)  Represents  operations of the Company and the operations of U.S.  Concepts,
     Inc.,  which was acquired on December 29, 1998,  for the three months ended
     March 31, 1999.

(5)  Includes  assets and liabilities of Optimum Group,  Inc.  acquired on March
     31, 1998. See consolidated  financial  statements of the Company  appearing
     elsewhere herein.


Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
- ------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         of Operations.
         -------------

         On March 31, 1998, Optimum, an indirect wholly-owned  subsidiary of the
Company,  acquired  the Optimum  business  for a purchase  price of  $15,743,000
consisting of $9,298,000 in cash (including  expenses),  a subordinated  note of
the Company in the principal  amount of $2,500,000  and 565,385  shares of newly
issued Inmark Common Stock valued at $3,675,000.  In connection with the Optimum
Acquisition,  Optimum  assumed  liabilities  in the  amount of  $1,884,000.  The
Optimum  Acquisition  has been  accounted for as a purchase by the Company as at
March 31, 1998.  Accordingly,  as discussed below, results of operations for the
year ended March 31, 1998  represent  the  operations  of the Company  excluding
Optimum.  However,  the  consolidated  balance sheet of the Company at March 31,
1998 includes the Optimum balance sheet at that date.

         On December 29,  1998,  U.S.  Concepts,  a Delaware  corporation  and a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Inmark,  acquired  the  business  conducted by U.S.
Concepts,  Inc.,  a New York  corporation,  for a purchase  price of  $1,660,000
consisting of $1,410,000 in cash (including expenses) and 30,000 shares of newly
issued Inmark Common Stock valued at $250,000.  In the event that U.S.  Concepts
achieves  specified  pre-tax earnings during the four-year period  commencing on
January 1, 1999,  additional  installments  of  purchase  price  totaling  up to
$2,500,000  may  be  payable.  At  the  option  of the  recipient  50%  of  such
installments  may be paid in shares of the Inmark  Common  Stock.  In connection
with the U.S. Concepts  Acquisition,  U.S.  Concepts assumed  liabilities in the
amount of $2,500,000. Accordingly, as discussed below, results of operations for
the year ended March 31, 1999 represent the operations of the Company  including
the  operations of U.S.  Concepts for the three months ended March 31, 1999. The
following  information  should be read together with the consolidated  financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere herein.

                                      -15-

<PAGE>




General

         The Company's  sales are generated  from projects  subject to contracts
which require the Company to provide its services within  specified time periods
of generally ranging up to twelve months. As a result,  the Company has projects
in process at various stages of completion.  With respect to each project, sales
are recognized based upon the estimated percentage-of-completion of the project.
On any given  date,  the  estimated  percentage-of-completion  of a  project  is
measured  by the cost of the  Company's  services  expended to such date on such
project compared to the total cost of such required to be incurred in connection
with  such  project.  The  Company's  business  is  such  that  sales  may  vary
considerably from quarter to quarter.

         The Company's direct expenses consist  primarily of direct labor costs;
costs to purchase media and program merchandise; cost of production, merchandise
warehousing and distribution,  and third-party contract  fulfillment;  and other
directly related program  expenses.  Direct expenses do not include the salaries
and benefits of the employees of Services servicing or otherwise involved in the
administration  of  promotional   programs  or  overhead  expenses  which  could
otherwise be allocated to such programs.

         For Fiscal 1999, before giving effect to the U.S. Concepts Acquisition,
and on a pro forma  basis  giving  effect to the U.S.  Concepts  Acquisition  by
including the revenues of the  predecessor  of U.S.  Concepts for the year ended
December 31,  1998,  the Company had one client,  The Procter & Gamble  Company,
which  accounted  for  approximately  11.6%  and  21.2%,  respectively,  of  its
revenues.   In  comparison,   in  Fiscal  1998,  the  Company  had  one  client,
Colgate-Palmolive  Company,  which  accounted  for  approximately  34.4%  of the
Company's  sales.  To the extent the Company's sales are dependent on one client
or  a  limited   concentration  of  clients,  and  such  dependency   continues,
significant fluctuations in revenues,  results of operations and liquidity could
arise  should such  client or clients  reduce  their  budgets  allocated  to the
Company's activities.


















                                      -16-

<PAGE>



Results of Operations

         The following table presents  operating data of the Company,  expressed
as a percentage of sales for each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 1999, 1998
and 1997:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                    <C>
                                                                            Year Ended March 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1999                  1998                  1997
                                                        ----------------     ------------------     ----------------

Statement of Operations Data:
Sales                                                         100.0%                 100.0%               100.0%
Direct expenses                                                67.8%                  67.6%                66.7%
Gross profit                                                   32.2%                  32.4%                33.3%
Salaries                                                       13.1%                  12.1%                13.2%
Selling, general and administrative expense                    11.4%                   7.0%                 8.9%
Total operating expense                                        24.6%                  19.2%                22.1%
Operating income                                                7.6%                  13.2%                11.2%
Interest expense (income), net                                  1.9%                  (0.6%)               (0.1%)
Income before provision for taxes                               5.8%                  13.8%                11.3%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes                            2.3%                   5.0%                (0.8%)
Net income                                                      3.5%                   8.8%                12.1%
Other Data:
EBITDA                                                         10.6%                  14.6%                13.0%
</TABLE>

         The following table presents  operating data of the Company,  expressed
as a comparative percentage of change from the immediately preceding fiscal year
for each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>                  <C>                    <C>

                                                                            Year Ended March 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1999                  1998                  1997
                                                        ----------------     ------------------     ----------------
Statement of Operations Data:
Sales                                                           49.4%                  37.4%                29.1%
Direct expenses                                                 49.8%                  39.3%                24.3%
Gross profit                                                    48.4%                  33.6%                39.9%
Salaries                                                        61.4%                  26.2%                17.8%
Selling, general and administrative expense                    142.9%                   8.8%               (16.4%)
Total operating expense                                         91.3%                  19.2%                 1.2%
Operating income                                               (13.9%)                 61.9%               472.1%
Interest expense (income), net                                 568.9%              (1,058.0%)              (85.6%)
Income before provision for income taxes                       (37.7%)                 68.1%               361.5%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes                           (31.4%)                912.9%               (68.4%)
Net income                                                     (41.3%)                 (0.4%)              136.6%
Other Data:
EBITDA                                                           9.0%                  54.5%               169.0%


</TABLE>

                                      -17-

<PAGE>



Fiscal Year 1999 Compared to Fiscal Year 1998

         Sales.  Sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 ("Fiscal  1999")
were  $38,781,000,  compared to sales of  $25,966,000  for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998 ("Fiscal  1998"),  an increase of  $12,815,000.  The increase was
primarily  attributable  to the  inclusion  of the sales of Optimum for the full
fiscal  year and the sales of U.S.  Concepts  for the three month  period  ended
March 31, 1999 which combined totaled  $14,300,000.  Such increase was partially
offset by a decrease in sales for the fourth  quarter  primarily  resulting from
the reduction  and  cancellation  of certain  sales  contracts and a deferral by
customers of anticipated sales to the fiscal year ending March 31, 2000 ("Fiscal
2000").   At  March  31,  1999,  the  Company's  sales  backlog,   inclusive  of
approximately   $8,700,000   attributable   to  U.S.   Concepts,   amounted   to
approximately  $16,600,000,   compared  to  a  sales  backlog  of  approximately
$6,200,000 at March 31, 1998.

         Direct  Expenses.  Direct  expenses  for Fiscal 1999 were  $26,311,000,
compared  to direct  expenses of  $17,562,000  for Fiscal  1998,  an increase of
$8,749,000.  The increase was  primarily  attributable  to the  inclusion of the
direct  expenses of Optimum for the full fiscal year and of the direct  expenses
of U.S.  Concepts  for the three months  ended March 31,  1999,  which  combined
totaled  $9,356,000.  Such  increase was  partially  offset by the  reduction of
direct expenses of Services related to its fourth quarter decrease in sales. The
increase  in  direct  expenses  as a  percentage  of sales for  Fiscal  1999 was
primarily the result of client programs in the aggregate having a slightly lower
gross profit margin than the mix of client programs in Fiscal 1998.

         As a result of the changes in sales and direct expenses,  the Company's
gross profit for Fiscal 1999 increased to $12,470,000 from $8,403,000 for Fiscal
1998.

         Operating  Expenses.  Operating  expenses for Fiscal 1999  increased by
$4,544,000  and  amounted  to  $9,521,000,  compared  to  operating  expenses of
$4,977,000 for Fiscal 1998.  The increase in operating  expenses for Fiscal 1999
was  primarily  the result of (A) the  inclusion  of the  operating  expenses of
Optimum  and  U.S.  Concepts  totaling  $3,433,000,   and  (B)  an  increase  of
approximately $1,111,000 primarily related to the overall expansion and increase
in the level of operations.  The $3,433,000 of operating expenses of Optimum and
U.S.  Concepts included in Fiscal 1999 consisted of approximately (i) $1,443,000
in salaries,  bonuses and related  employee payroll expenses and (ii) $1,990,000
of selling,  general and administrative  expenses (which included  approximately
$647,000 of  amortization of goodwill and deferred  financing  costs  associated
with the Optimum Acquisition and the U.S. Concepts Acquisition).

         Interest  Income/Expense.  For Fiscal  1999,  the Company  incurred net
interest  expense of $718,000,  as a result of bank  borrowings  for the Optimum
Acquisition  and the U.S.  Concepts  Acquisition  and notes issued in connection
with the Optimum  Acquisition.  For Fiscal 1998, the Company had interest income
of $153,000 and was debt free. The Company's note obligation and bank borrowings
have  principal  payments  scheduled  to commence on March 31, 2000 and June 30,
2000  respectively.  The  Company  anticipates  that it will  continue  to incur
significant interest expense for the Fiscal 2000 and thereafter.


                                      -18-

<PAGE>



         Income Before  Provision for Income Taxes. For Fiscal 1999, the Company
had income before provision for income taxes equal to $2,231,000. In comparison,
for Fiscal 1998,  the  Company's  income  before  provision for income taxes was
$3,579,000.

         Provision  For  Income  Taxes.  For Fiscal  1999,  the  Company  made a
provision  for federal,  state and local income taxes in the amount of $892,000,
based upon the  Company's  effective  tax rate for Fiscal  1999.  However,  such
provision does not give effect to exercise of stock options and warrants  during
Fiscal 1998 by two former  officers and directors of the Company which  resulted
in a tax benefit of  approximately  $310,000  which was  recorded as  additional
paid-in  capital in Fiscal 1999.  For Fiscal 1998,  the Company made a provision
for federal, state and local income taxes in the amount of $1,300,000 based upon
the Company's estimated effective tax rate for the fiscal year.

         Net Income. As a result of the items discussed above, the Company's net
income for Fiscal 1999 was $1,339,000 compared to $2,279,000 for Fiscal 1998.

Fiscal Year 1998 Compared to Fiscal Year 1997

         Sales.  Sales for Fiscal  1998 were  $25,966,000  compared  to sales of
$18,902,000  for the fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1997  ("Fiscal  1997"),  an
increase of  $7,064,000.  The increase was the result of an overall  increase in
sales contracts primarily from new clients. At both March 31, 1998 and 1997, the
Company's sales backlog amounted to approximately $6,200,000.

         Direct  Expenses.  Direct  expenses  for Fiscal  1998 were  $17,562,000
compared to direct  expenses of $12,610,000 for Fiscal 1997. The increase in the
amount of direct expenses for Fiscal 1998 principally relates to the increase in
sales for Fiscal 1998,  whereas the increase in direct  expenses as a percentage
of sales for Fiscal 1998  primarily  resulted from client  programs which in the
aggregate  had a lower gross  profit  margin than the mix of client  programs in
Fiscal 1997.

         As a result of the changes in sales and direct expenses,  the Company's
gross profit for Fiscal 1998 increased to $8,403,000  from $6,292,000 for Fiscal
1997.

         Operating  Expenses.  Operating  expenses for Fiscal 1998  increased by
$802,000 and amounted to $4,977,000 compared to operating expenses of $4,175,000
for Fiscal 1997.  The increase in  operating  expenses for Fiscal 1998  resulted
primarily from (i) the aggregate increase of approximately $691,000 attributable
to increases in salaries and related  payroll taxes  principally  related to the
employment of additional  personnel  and an overall  increase in base  salaries,
management  bonuses and employee  benefits  such as medical  insurance  and 401K
Retirement  Plan  contributions;  and (ii) the increase in selling,  general and
administrative  expenses  related  to  the  overall  increase  in the  level  of
operations.

         Interest Income.  For Fiscal 1998, the Company had interest income from
short term  investments  of $153,000  without  incurring  any interest  expense,
whereas for Fiscal 1997, the Company had net interest income of $13,000.


                                      -19-

<PAGE>



         Income Before  Provision for Income Taxes. For Fiscal 1998, the Company
had income before provision for income taxes equal to $3,579,000. In comparison,
for Fiscal 1997,  the  Company's  income  before  provision for income taxes was
$2,130,000.

         Provision  for  Income  Taxes.  For Fiscal  1998,  the  Company  made a
provision for federal,  state and local income taxes in the amount of $1,300,000
based upon the Company's  estimated  effective tax rate for the fiscal year. The
provision  takes into  account  approximately  $110,000 of deferred tax benefits
expected  to be realized  from the  reduction  in the  valuation  allowance  for
deferred tax assets.  For Fiscal 1997, the Company's  provision for income taxes
reflected a tax benefit of $160,000.

         Net Income. As a result of the items discussed above, the Company's net
income for Fiscal 1998 was $2,279,000 compared to $2,290,000 for Fiscal 1997.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Effective  March 31, 1998, the Company  entered into the Loan Agreement
pursuant to which the Company  obtained the  $5,000,000  five-year Term Loan and
the $5,000,000 Revolving Loan Facility.  On March 31, 1998, the Company borrowed
$5,000,000  under the Term Loan and $2,000,000 under the Revolving Loan Facility
to finance the Optimum  Acquisition.  In connection  with the Loan,  the Company
paid a one-time  closing fee of  $100,000  and pays  quarterly  in arrears (i) a
commitment fee at the rate of one-quarter of one percent per annum on the unused
portion of the Revolving Loan Facility and (ii) interest on the unpaid principal
amount of each loan  outstanding  during the quarter at a rate per annum  which,
conditioned upon the Company's  satisfying certain defined debt to equity ratios
is, at the  option of the  Company,  equal to either the rate  applicable  to an
equivalent term  Eurodollar loan rate plus between one and one-half  percent and
two percent or the bank's prime rate plus up to an additional  two percent.  The
Term Loan requires quarterly payments  commencing on June 30, 2000 and to end on
March 31,  2003.  The Loan is  secured  by a first  priority  lien and  security
interest  in all the assets of the  Company.  In  addition,  the Loan  Agreement
provides for a number of negative and affirmative  covenants,  restrictions  and
limitations  and  other  conditions  including  among  others,  (i)  limitations
regarding the payment of cash dividends, (ii) use of proceeds, (iii) maintenance
of minimum  quarterly  earnings,  (iv)  compliance with a defined maximum senior
debt leverage ratio and fixed charge  coverage  ratio,  and (v) maintenance of a
minimum  percentage  of  beneficially  owned  shares of the Company  held by the
Company's management.

         On December 29, 1998,  to finance the U.S.  Concepts  Acquisition,  the
Company  utilized the Revolving  Credit  Facility,  increasing  its  outstanding
borrowings to the maximum amount then  available.  On January 14, 1999, in order
to provide for short term  financing  needs,  the Loan  Agreement was amended to
increase the principal amount available under the Revolving Credit Facility from
$5,000,000 to $7,000,000  for the period from January 14, 1999 through  December
31, 1999. At March 31, 1999, the Company's notes payable to the bank amounted to
$10,000,000  and, at that date, the Company was not in compliance  with three of
the  financial  covenants of the Loan  Agreement;  namely,  the defined  maximum
senior debt leverage ratio, the minimum EBITDA and the maximum permitted capital
expenditures.

                                      -20-

<PAGE>



         On June 30, 1999, the Loan Agreement was further  amended to reduce the
principal  amount available under the Revolving Loan Facility from $7,000,000 to
$5,000,000 and to modify certain  financial  covenants.  In connection  with the
June  30,  1999   amendment,   the  bank  granted   waivers  of  the   Company's
non-compliance  with  respect to such  financial  covenants  with respect to the
quarter ended March 31, 1999. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to satisfy,  on an ongoing basis, the modified  financial  covenants of the
Loan   Agreement.   See   note   5   to   "Notes   to   Consolidated   Financial
Statements-Long-Term Debt."

         For the period from April 24, 1996 until March 31, 1998,  the Company's
activities  were funded  with  internally  generated  cash flow  primarily  from
operations.

         At March  31,  1999,  the  Company  had cash  and cash  equivalents  of
$2,688,000,   working   capital  of  $3,146,000,   bank  loans  of  $10,000,000,
subordinated debt of $2,500,000 and stockholders' equity of $12,577,000 compared
to cash and cash equivalents of $1,460,000,  working capital of $2,447,000, bank
loans of $7,000,000, subordinated debt of $2,500,000 and stockholders' equity of
$10,673,000 at March 31, 1998.  Management  believes that the Company's existing
cash position and credit facility  combined with internally  generated cash flow
will  satisfy  its cash  requirements  for Fiscal  2000,  subject to the Company
obtaining  satisfactory  modifications of the Loan Agreement as discussed above.
To the extent that the Company is required to seek additional external financing
in the form of a revised or replacement  credit facility,  equity or debt, there
can be no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to obtain  such  additional
funding.

         The $1,228,000  increase in the Company's cash and cash  equivalents at
March 31,  1999  resulted  primarily  from the  Company's  net cash  provided by
operating activities and the proceeds from bank borrowings reduced by funds used
to finance the U.S. Concepts Acquisition and to purchase fixed assets.

         Net cash  provided  by  operating  activities  during  Fiscal  1999 was
$127,000,   due   principally  to  $1,339,000  of  net  income,   $1,179,000  of
depreciation  and  amortization  expense,  $542,000 of deferred income taxes, an
increase of  $1,525,000  in deferred  revenue and an increase of  $1,682,000  in
accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  which  amounts  were  offset by an
increase  of  $667,000 in accounts  receivable,  an  increase of  $4,253,000  in
unbilled contracts in progress, an increase of $1,050,000 in prepaid taxes and a
net change of $30,000 in other operating assets and liabilities.  In comparison,
net cash provided by operating  activities in Fiscal 1998 was  $1,933,000  which
was  principally  derived  from net income of  $2,279,000  and the  addition  of
non-cash  charges of $1,361,000,  offset by net changes in operating  assets and
liabilities  of  $1,708,000  primarily  attributable  to  increases  in accounts
receivable,  unbilled  contracts  in progress and prepaid  taxes and  offsetting
increases in accrued costs and expenses.

         For Fiscal  1999,  net cash used in  investing  activities  amounted to
$1,904,000 of which  $1,277,000  was used in connection  with the U.S.  Concepts
Acquisition  and  $627,000  was  used  for the  purchase  of  fixed  assets.  In
comparison,  for Fiscal 1998 net cash used in investing  activities  amounted to
$9,242,000  of  which  $9,192,000  was  used  in  connection  with  the  Optimum
Acquisition and $51,000 was used for the purchase of fixed assets.


                                      -21-

<PAGE>



         For Fiscal 1999, financing activities, consisting of bank borrowings of
$3,000,000 and proceeds of $6,000 from the exercise of stock  options,  provided
net cash of $3,006,000 which was primarily used for the cash requirements of the
U.S.  Concepts  Acquisition and to supplement  short term working  capital.  For
Fiscal 1998, financing  activities provided cash of $7,057,000  principally from
(i) bank borrowings of $7,000,000 used for a portion of the Optimum  Acquisition
purchase  price and (ii) proceeds of $181,000 from the exercise of stock options
and  warrants of which  $125,000  was used for  financing  costs  related to the
Optimum Acquisition.

         At March  31,  1998,  the  Company  had cash  and cash  equivalents  of
$1,460,000,   working   capital  of   $2,447,000,   bank  loans  of  $7,000,000,
subordinated debt of $2,500,000 and stockholders' equity of $10,673,000 compared
to cash and cash  equivalents of $1,713,000,  working capital of $1,860,000,  no
bank loans or subordinated debt and stockholders'  equity of $4,537,000 at March
31, 1997. The incurrence of bank loans and subordinated  debt during Fiscal 1998
and the  increase  in  shareholders'  equity  to the  extent  in  excess  of the
Company's  net  income  for  Fiscal  1998 were  related  solely  to the  Optimum
Agreement.

         Primarily  as a result of the use of funds for the Optimum  Acquisition
which offset the net cash provided by operating  activities  during Fiscal 1998,
the  Company's  cash and cash  equivalents  balances  decreased  by $253,000 and
amounted to $1,460,000 at March 31, 1998.

         Operating  activities  during Fiscal 1998 provided  $1,933,000 in cash,
principally  from  net  income  of  $2,279,000  and  the  addition  of  non-cash
adjustments of $1,361,000.  Such amounts were offset by net changes in operating
assets and  liabilities  of $1,708,000  primarily  attributable  to increases in
accounts  receivable,  unbilled  contracts  in progress  and  prepaid  taxes and
offsetting  increases in accrued costs and expenses.  In  comparison,  operating
activities in Fiscal 1997 provided $841,000 in cash, principally from net income
of  $2,290,000.  Such net income was offset by non-cash  adjustments of $106,000
and net changes in operating  assets and  liabilities  of  $1,343,000  primarily
attributable to an increase in accounts receivable and an offsetting increase in
accrued costs and expenses.

         For  Fiscal  1998,  cash  used  in  investing  activities  amounted  to
$9,242,000  of  which  $9,192,000  was  used  in  connection  with  the  Optimum
Acquisition  $51,000 was used for the purchase of fixed assets. This compares to
the net cash  provided  from  investing  activities  of $109,000 for Fiscal 1997
which  resulted from the release to the Company of $250,000 of  restricted  cash
held by a factor pursuant to its then expiring  factoring  agreement and the use
of $141,000 for the purchase of fixed assets.

         For Fiscal  1998,  financing  activities  provided  cash of  $7,057,000
compared to cash of $63,000 for Fiscal 1997.  In Fiscal 1998,  the cash provided
was  principally  the result of bank  borrowings of $7,000,000,  pursuant to the
Company's loan agreement (used for a portion of the Optimum Acquisition purchase
price) and, to a lesser  extent  proceeds of $181,000 from the exercise of stock
options and warrants.  In comparison,  for Fiscal 1997, the net cash provided by
financing  activities  included a decrease  of  $579,000  in the amount due from
factor,  receipt of $288,000 of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, the
repayment  of notes  payable to Spar of $750,000  and the  repurchase  of Inmark
Common Stock for $54,000.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>



Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

         The Company's  earnings and cash flows are subject to fluctuations  due
to changes in interest  rates  primarily  from its  investment of available cash
balances in money market funds with portfolios of investment grade corporate and
U.S.   government   securities  and,   secondarily,   from  its  Long-Term  debt
arrangements. Under its current policies, the Company does not use interest rate
derivative  instruments to manage exposure to interest rate changes.  See note 5
to "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-Long Term Debt."

Recent Accounting Developments

         Effective  April 1,  1998,  the  Company  adopted  SFAS 130  "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income"  which  requires  that all items that are  required to be
recognized under accounting  standards as components of comprehensive  income be
reported in the financial  statements.  The adoption of SFAS 130 did not have an
impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

         On April 1, 1998,  the Company  adopted  SFAS 131,  "Disclosures  about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information",  which established standards
to report  information  about operating  segments and related  disclosures about
products and services,  geographic  areas and major  customers.  The adoption of
SFAS 131 did not have an impact on the  Company's  reporting  of its  results of
operations and financial position since the Company operates in one segment.

         In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  133,   "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities"  (SFAS 133),  which is  effective  for all
quarters of fiscal years  beginning  after June 15, 1999.  SFAS 133  establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts,  and for hedging activities.
In accordance  with SFAS 133, an entity is required to recognize all derivatives
as either  assets or  liabilities  in the  statement of  financial  position and
measure those  instruments at fair value.  SFAS 133 requires that changes in the
derivatives'  fair value be  recognized  currently in earnings  unless  specific
hedge  accounting  criteria are met.  Special  accounting for qualifying  hedges
allows a derivative's  gains and losses to offset related  results on the hedged
item in the income  statement  and requires  that a company  formally  document,
designate  and assess the  effectiveness  of  transactions  that  receive  hedge
accounting.  The Company  does not believe that the  implementation  of SFAS 133
will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Other Matters

         Year 2000  issues  relate to the  potential  for system and  processing
failures of date related data as a result of computer  controlled  systems using
two digits rather than four to define the  applicable  year. The result could be
system failure or miscalculations which could cause disruptions to operations.

         State of Readiness - The Company has evaluated its computer systems and
has determined that its systems require software upgrades to make them Year 2000
compliant. The Company has

                                      -23-

<PAGE>



purchased  vendor  software which is Year 2000 compliant and is currently in the
installation  process.  The  Company  does  not have  any  significant  in-house
developed  software.  The Company's computer systems are not interdependent with
the computer systems of its vendors and others with which the Company  transacts
business.

         Costs - Based on its  assessment  to date,  the  Company's  incremental
costs to modify or upgrade it P.C. based systems should not be material.

         Risks - The most reasonably  likely worst case Year 2000 scenario would
be  failures  beyond the control of the Company  such as  telecommunications  or
electrical  failures.  In addition,  Year 2000 problems may effect its customers
and others with which the Company transacts  business.  The Company believes its
primary  business  risks  would  include,  but  not be  limited  to,  delays  in
implementing customer marketing programs, lost customers and increased operating
costs.

         Company  Plan - The  Company is  discussing  year 2000  issues with its
customers and vendors but has not yet formalized any contingency plans.


                                      -24-

<PAGE>



Item 8.  Financial Statements.

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>

                                                                                         Page
                                                                                         ----

Consolidated Financial Statements of Inmark Enterprises, Inc.
<S>                                                                                        <C>
     Independent Auditors' Report .........................................................26
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1999 and 1998.............................27
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
         March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.................................................... 28
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
         March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.................................................... 29
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
         March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 ....................................................30
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................31



</TABLE>
                                      -25-

<PAGE>



                                             Independent Auditors' Report



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Inmark Enterprises, Inc.


We have audited the  consolidated  financial  statements of Inmark  Enterprises,
Inc. and subsidiaries,  as listed in the accompanying  index. These consolidated
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Inmark Enterprises,
Inc. and  subsidiaries  as of March 31, 1999 and 1998,  and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended  March  31,  1999,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles.



                                    KPMG LLP

Melville, New York
June 10, 1999, except as to
     note 5, which is as of
     June 30, 1999




                                      -26-

<PAGE>


<TABLE>

                                               INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                             CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                               MARCH 31, 1999 AND 1998

<S>                                                                         <C>              <C>
                                                                                1999               1998
                                                                            ------------     -----------



                                Assets
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                                         $        2,687,575       1,459,909
    Accounts receivable                                                        7,042,640       5,648,555
    Unbilled contracts in progress                                             9,537,540       5,284,686
    Deferred tax asset                                                                 -          83,442
    Prepaid taxes                                                              1,502,431         452,291
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                    376,593         163,042
                                                                            ------------     -----------
           Total current assets                                               21,146,779      13,091,925
                                                                            ------------     -----------

Furniture, fixtures and equipment, at cost                                     1,820,479       1,006,779
Less accumulated depreciation                                                    453,341         191,522
                                                                            ------------     -----------
                                                                               1,367,138         815,257
                                                                            ------------     -----------

Notes receivable from officer                                                    225,000         225,000
Goodwill, net of amortization of $1,744,155 and $851,377                      19,548,929      16,534,950
Deferred financing costs, net of amortization of $24,900 and $0                   99,600         124,500
Other assets                                                                      64,997          26,757
                                                                            ------------     -----------
           Total assets                                               $       42,452,443      30,818,389
                                                                            ============     ===========

                 Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
    Accounts payable                                                  $        3,499,388       1,601,751
    Deferred revenue                                                           3,096,698         642,223
    Accrued job costs                                                          8,841,958       7,693,522
    Accrued compensation                                                         320,273         314,876
    Other accrued liabilities                                                    991,137         298,791
    Deferred taxes payable                                                       625,884               -
    Subordinated notes payable - current                                         625,000               -
    Accrued taxes payable                                                              -          94,260
                                                                            ------------      ----------
           Total current liabilities                                          18,000,338      10,645,423

Notes payable bank - long term                                                10,000,000       7,000,000
Subordinated notes payable - long term                                         1,875,000       2,500,000
                                                                            ------------     -----------
           Total liabilities                                                  29,875,338      20,145,423
                                                                            ------------     -----------

Stockholders' equity:
    Class A convertible preferred stock, par value $.001;
         authorized 650,000 shares; none issued and  outstanding                       -               -
    Class B convertible preferred stock, par value $.001;
         authorized 700,000 shares; none issued and outstanding                        -               -
    Preferred stock, undesignated; authorized 3,650,000
        shares; none issued and outstanding                                            -               -
    Common stock, par value $.001; authorized 25,000,000
        shares; issued and outstanding 4,513,481 shares at March 31,
        1999 and 4,475,326 shares at March 31, 1998                                4,513           4,475
    Additional paid-in capital                                                 5,697,458       5,131,896
    Retained earnings                                                          6,875,134       5,536,595
                                                                            ------------     -----------
           Total stockholders' equity                                         12,577,105      10,672,966
                                                                            ------------     -----------
           Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                 $       42,452,443      30,818,389
                                                                            ============     ===========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                      -27-

<PAGE>


<TABLE>


                                                      INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                               YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998, 1997

<S>                                                          <C>                      <C>                     <C>
                                                                   1999                    1998                    1997
                                                              ---------------         --------------          ---------------


Sales                                                        $     38,781,136             25,965,780               18,901,730
Direct expenses                                                    26,311,235             17,562,417               12,609,909
                                                              ---------------         --------------          ---------------

      Gross profit                                                 12,469,901              8,403,363                6,291,821
                                                              ---------------         --------------          ---------------


Salaries                                                            5,084,098              3,150,751                2,497,325
Selling, general and administrative expense                         4,436,934              1,826,278                1,678,139
                                                              ---------------         --------------          ---------------

      Total operating expenses                                      9,521,032              4,977,029                4,175,464
                                                              ---------------         --------------          ---------------

      Operating income                                              2,948,869              3,426,334                2,116,357

Interest income (expense), net                                       (717,969)               153,111                   13,222
                                                              ---------------         --------------          ---------------

Income before income taxes                                          2,230,900              3,579,445                2,129,579
Provision for income taxes (benefit)                                  892,361              1,300,000                 (159,924)
                                                              ---------------         --------------          ---------------


      Net income                                            $       1,338,539              2,279,445                2,289,503
                                                              ===============         ==============          ===============


Net income per share:

Basic                                                       $            .30        $          .63        $             .64
                                                              ===============         ==============          ===============

Diluted                                                     $            .24        $          .50        $             .51
                                                              ===============         ==============          ===============


Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

Basic                                                               4,487,763              3,590,935                3,584,375
                                                              ===============         ==============           ==============

Diluted                                                             5,671,702              4,587,106                4,494,267
                                                              ===============         ==============           ==============


Reconciliation of weighted average shares used for basic and diluted computation
is as follows:

   Weighted average shares - Basic                                  4,487,763              3,590,935                3,584,375

   Dilutive effect of options and warrants                          1,183,939                996,171                  909,892
                                                             ----------------         --------------           --------------

   Weighted average shares - Diluted                                5,671,702              4,587,106                4,494,267
                                                             ================         ==============           ==============


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>






                                      -28-

<PAGE>




<TABLE>

                                                   INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                       FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<S>                                      <C>                <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
                                                                               Additional                           Total
                                                   Common Stock                 Paid-in          Retained       Stockholders'
                                                  par value $.001               Capital          Earnings          Equity
                                         ---------------------------------   --------------    -------------   ---------------
                                             Shares             Amount
                                         ---------------    --------------

Balance, March 31, 1996                        3,255,314    $        3,255     $  1,042,875      $   967,647     $   2,013,777

Exercise of warrants and options                 351,875               352          287,249                -           287,601

Repurchase of common stock                       (62,500)              (63)         (53,437)               -           (53,500)

Net income                                             -                 -                -        2,289,503         2,289,503
                                         ---------------    --------------   --------------    -------------   ---------------

Balance, March 31, 1997                        3,544,689             3,544        1,276,687        3,257,150         4,537,381

Exercise of warrants and options                 223,906               224          180,814                -           181,038

Acquisition of Optimum Group, Inc.               706,731               707        3,674,395                -         3,675,102

Net income                                             -                 -                -        2,279,445         2,279,445
                                         ---------------    --------------   --------------    -------------   ---------------

Balance, March 31, 1998                        4,475,326             4,475        5,131,896        5,536,595        10,672,966

Exercise of warrants and options                   8,155                 8            5,592                -             5,600

Acquisition of U.S. Concepts, Inc.                30,000                30          249,970                -           250,000

Tax benefit from exercised options                     -                 -          310,000                -           310,000

Net income                                             -                 -                -        1,338,539         1,338,539
                                         ---------------    --------------   --------------    -------------   ---------------

Balance, March 31, 1999                        4,513,481    $        4,513     $  5,697,458      $ 6,875,134     $  12,577,105
                                         ===============    ==============   ==============    =============   ===============



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                      -29-

<PAGE>


<TABLE>

                                                       INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                               YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
<S>                                                                   <C>                  <C>                   <C>

                                                                            1999                 1998                   1997
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------


Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income                                                       $      1,338,539             2,279,445              2,289,503
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization                                       1,179,497               362,658                335,985
        Deferred income taxes                                                 542,442               998,691               (442,133)
        Changes  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities,
          net  of  effects  of acquisitions:
           Increase in accounts receivable                                   (667,014)             (846,606)            (2,780,866)
           Increase in unbilled contracts in progress                      (4,252,854)           (5,284,686)                     -
           Increase in notes receivable - officer                                   -               (25,000)                     -
           (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets          (171,337)              144,592               (229,403)
           Increase in prepaid taxes                                       (1,050,140)             (452,291)                     -
           Increase (decrease) in accounts payable                            226,486               221,451               (331,135)
           Increase in accrued job costs                                    1,148,436             3,841,528              1,921,867
           Increase (decrease) in other accrued liabilities                   396,435               (18,113)               (42,732)
           Increase in deferred revenue                                     1,524,909               642,223
           Increase (decrease) in accrued compensation                          5,397                69,347                119,667
           Decrease in accrued taxes payable                                  (94,260)                 (133)                     -
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------

           Net cash provided by operating activities                          126,536             1,933,106                840,753
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Purchases of fixed assets                                                (627,284)              (50,554)              (141,426)
    Release of restricted cash from factor                                          -                     -                250,000
    Acquisitions, net of cash acquired*                                    (1,277,186)           (9,191,932)                     -
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------

           Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities             (1,904,470)           (9,242,486)               108,574
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Decrease in due from factor, net                                                -                     -                578,725
    Repayment of notes payable to Spar                                              -                     -               (750,000)
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants                        5,600               181,038                287,601
    Repurchase of common stock                                                      -                     -                (53,500)
    Proceeds from borrowings                                                3,000,000             7,000,000                      -
    Financing costs related to purchase of Optimum Group, Inc.                      -              (124,500)                     -
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------

           Net cash provided by financing activities                        3,005,600             7,056,538                 62,826
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------

           Net increase (decrease) in cash                                  1,227,666              (252,842)             1,012,153

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                            1,459,909             1,712,751                700,598
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                           $      2,687,575             1,459,909              1,712,751
                                                                      ===============      ================      =================

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
    Interest paid during the period                                  $        783,669                     -                 38,294
                                                                      ===============      ================      =================
    Income taxes paid during the period                              $        989,387               768,457                298,936
                                                                      ===============      ================      =================

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities:
*Details of acquisitions
    Fair value of assets acquired                                    $      1,127,051             2,775,467                      -
    Cost in excess of net assets of companies acquired                      3,881,214            14,580,852                      -
    Liabilities assumed                                                    (3,347,969)           (1,883,775)                     -
    Stock and note issued                                                    (250,000)           (6,175,003)                     -
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------
        Cash paid                                                           1,410,296             9,297,541                      -
        Less: cash acquired                                                  (133,110)             (105,609)                     -
                                                                      ---------------      ----------------      -----------------
    Net cash paid for acquisitions                                   $      1,277,186             9,191,932                      -
                                                                      ===============      ================      =================
Supplemental disclosures of noncash financing activities:
    Debt payable to shareholders converted to equity                 $              -                     -                163,783
                                                                      ===============      ================      =================

Restricted cash of Health Image Media, Inc. acquired in              $
    reverse purchase                                                                -                     -                500,000
                                                                      ===============      ================      =================
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                      -30-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998


(1)     Organization and Nature of Business
        -----------------------------------
        The Company is a full service  marketing,  sales  promotion  and new age
        communications  company which designs,  develops and  implements  sales,
        marketing and promotional programs primarily for consumer product client
        companies.   The  Company  assists  its  clients  in  realizing  product
        recognition and sales by providing promotional programs at both national
        and local levels,  which are created to address  identified trade, sales
        and consumer needs.

        Acquisition of U.S. Concepts, Inc.
        ----------------------------------
        On December 29, 1998, a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company,  U.S.
        Concepts,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  ("U.S.  Concepts")  purchased
        substantially all of the assets and business from and assumed certain of
        the liabilities of Murphy Liquidating Corporation formerly known as U.S.
        Concepts, Inc., a New York corporation (the "U.S. Concepts Acquisition")
        in a  transaction  accounted for as a purchase.  The purchase  price was
        $1,660,000 and consisted of cash of $1,410,000,  including expenses, and
        30,000  shares of common stock of the Company  valued at  $250,000.  The
        purchase  price could  increase  with  payments  of up to an  additional
        $2,500,000 (50% of which, at the option of the recipient, may be paid in
        shares of the Company's  common stock) to the extent that U.S.  Concepts
        achieves   specified  pre-tax  earnings  during  the  four  year  period
        subsequent to December 31, 1998.  The cash portion of the purchase price
        was financed  with proceeds  from the  Company's  remaining  unused bank
        revolving loan credit facility.  The U.S. Concepts  Acquisition has been
        accounted  for as a purchase  whereby the excess of the purchase  price,
        including costs of the acquisition, of $3,881,000 over the fair value of
        assets acquired less liabilities assumed has been classified as goodwill
        and will be amortized on a straight-line  basis over a twenty-five  year
        period.


        Acquisition of Optimum Group, Inc.
        ----------------------------------
        On March 31, 1998, an indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company,
        Optimum Group, Inc ("Optimum")  purchased all of the assets and business
        from and  assumed  substantially  all of the  liabilities  of OG Holding
        Corporation (the "Optimum  Acquisition") in a transaction  accounted for
        as a purchase.  The purchase price was $15,743,000 and consisted of cash
        of $9,298,000,  including expenses, a subordinated note in the principal
        amount  of  $2,500,000  with  interest  at the rate of 9% per  annum and
        565,385 shares of common stock of the Company valued at $3,675,000.  The
        cash portion of the purchase price included $7,000,000 provided pursuant
        to a loan  agreement  between  the  Company  and a bank  and  $1,700,000
        provided  from the  Company's  cash  balances.  Pursuant to the purchase
        agreement between Optimum and OG Holding  Corporation,  both the 565,385
        shares of the  Company's  common stock and the  $2,500,000  subordinated
        note have been put in escrow as  collateral  for the Company  should the
        Company  be  entitled  to  indemnification   pursuant  to  the  purchase
        agreement.  The Optimum Acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase
        whereby the excess of the  purchase  price,  including  the costs of the
        acquisition,  of $14,581,000 over the fair value of assets acquired less
        liabilities  assumed  has  been  classified  as  goodwill  and  will  be
        amortized  over a  twenty-five  year period.  Deferred  financing  costs
        incurred in connection with the loan agreement in the amount of $124,500
        are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a five-year period.



                                      -31-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998

         Pro forma results of operations of the Company had the  acquisition  of
         U.S.  Concepts  and OG  Holding  occurred  on April 1, 1997 would be as
         follows:
                                  1999                      1998
                                  ----                      ----

      Sales                    $51,931,686             $55,983,276

      Net income                 1,473,745                 752,358
      Basic earnings per share         .33                     .17
      Diluted earnings per share       .26                     .14

(2)      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
         ------------------------------------------

         (a)   Principles of Consolidation
               ---------------------------

               The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
               Company  and  its  subsidiaries.   All  significant  intercompany
               balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

         (b)   Revenue Recognition
               -------------------

               The Company  recognizes  revenue on the  percentage-of-completion
               method,  measured  by the  cost  for  services  expended  to date
               compared to the total  services  required to be  performed on the
               respective  project.  Costs  associated  with the  fulfillment of
               projects  are  accrued  and  recognized  proportionately  to  the
               related  revenue  in order to ensure a matching  of  revenue  and
               expenses in the proper period.  Provision for anticipated  losses
               on  uncompleted  projects  are made in the  period in which  such
               losses are determined.

         (c)   Cash Equivalents
               ----------------

               Investments  with original  maturities of three months or less at
               the time of purchase are considered cash equivalents.

         (d)   Long-Lived Assets
               -----------------

               Furniture,   fixtures   and   equipment   are   stated  at  cost.
               Depreciation  is  computed by the  straight-line  method over the
               estimated  useful  lives of the  assets,  which  are three to ten
               years. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value
               of net  assets  of  businesses  acquired  and is  amortized  over
               periods  ranging  from  ten  years  to  twenty-five  years  on  a
               straight-line  basis.  The period of  amortization  of long-lived
               assets is evaluated at least annually to determine whether events
               and  circumstances  warrant revised  estimates of useful lives or
               adjustment  to the carrying  value.  This  evaluation  considers,
               among  other  factors,  expected  cash  flows and  profits of the
               business  to which the asset  relates.  Based  upon the  periodic
               analysis,  long-lived  assets are written down if it appears that
               future profits or cash flows will be insufficient to recover such
               asset.

          (e)  Earnings Per Share
               ------------------

               Effective April 1, 1997, the Company adopted Financial Accounting
               Standards Board (FASB)  Statement No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share".
               Statement  128  replaces  the  calculation  of primary  and fully
               diluted  earnings  per share with basic and diluted  earnings per
               share. The computation of basic earnings per common share is

                                      -32-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998

               based  upon  the  weighted   average   number  of  common  shares
               outstanding  during  the  year  and the  computation  of  diluted
               earnings per common and common equivalent share is based upon the
               weighted average number of common shares  outstanding  during the
               year,  plus the assumed  exercise of stock  options and warrants,
               less the number of treasury  shares  assumed to be purchased from
               the proceeds of such exercises  using the average market price of
               the Company's  common stock.  For the fiscal year ended March 31,
               1999, the computation of weighted average number of common shares
               outstanding for the year included a ninety-three day inclusion of
               the  shares  of  common  stock  issued  for  the  U.S.   Concepts
               Acquisition  and for the fiscal  year ended March 31,  1998,  the
               computation   of  weighted   average   number  of  common  shares
               outstanding  for the year  included  a one day  inclusion  of the
               shares of common  stock issued for the Optimum  Acquisition.  All
               earnings per share  calculations and share  information have been
               adjusted for the five-for-four stock dividend paid June 15, 1998.

          (f)  Income Taxes
               ------------

               The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for
               income taxes under which deferred tax assets and  liabilities are
               recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable
               to differences  between the financial  statement carrying amounts
               of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases
               and  operating  loss and tax credit  carryforwards.  Deferred tax
               assets and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax rates
               expected  to apply to taxable  income in the years in which those
               temporary  differences  are  expected to be recovered or settled.
               The effect on deferred tax assets and  liabilities of a change in
               tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
               enactment date.

         (g)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
               -----------------------------------

               The carrying  value of financial  instruments  including cash and
               cash   equivalents,   restricted   cash,   contracts   and  other
               receivables, and notes and accounts payable approximate estimated
               market values due to short  maturities and or interest rates that
               approximate current rates.

         (h)   Use of Estimates
               ----------------

               Management  of the  Company  has made a number of  estimates  and
               assumptions  relating to the reporting of assets and  liabilities
               and the  disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the
               date of the  financial  statements,  and the reported  amounts of
               revenues and expenses  during the  reporting  period,  to prepare
               these financial  statements in conformity with generally accepted
               accounting  principles.  Among  the  more  significant  estimates
               included in these financial statements is the estimated valuation
               allowance  reducing  the  Company's  deferred  tax  asset and the
               estimated costs to fulfill contracts. Actual results could differ
               from these and other estimates.

         (i)   Reclassifications
               -----------------

               Certain  reclassifications  have been made to amounts reported in
               the prior year to conform to the 1999 presentation.


(3)            Notes Receivable From Officer
               -----------------------------

               The notes receivable from officer totaling  $225,000 at March 31,
               1999 and 1998 consist of a $200,000 Promissory Note dated January
               10, 1996 and a $25,000 Promissory Note dated April 7, 1997 issued
               to the Company by one

                                      -33-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998

         of its officers in exchange for loans from the Company.  The Promissory
         Notes  provide for interest at an annual rate of 10% with the principal
         and  accrued  interest on the notes  originally  payable on January 10,
         1998 and April 7, 1999, respectively.  The Company has agreed to extend
         the payment  date of  principal  and  accrued  interest on the notes to
         April 7, 2001. The Promissory  Notes are secured by a Pledge  Agreement
         which  provides the Company with  collateral  security  consisting of a
         first lien and  security  interest in 112,851  shares of the  Company's
         common stock owned by the officer.


(4)      Leases
         ------

         The Company has several noncancellable  operating leases, primarily for
         property,  that expire within eleven years.  Rent expense for the years
         ended March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 amounted to $456,312,  $118,092 and
         $105,598,  respectively.  Future noncancellable  minimum lease payments
         under all of the leases as of March 31, 1999 are as follows:


      Year ending March 31,
      2000                       $     771,181
      2001                             547,892
      2002                             487,084
      2003                             472,846
      2004                             482,736
      Thereafter                     3,046,518
                                  ------------
                                 $   5,808,257
                                  ============


(5)      Long-Term Debt
         --------------

         Notes Payable, Bank
         -------------------

         The Company has a loan agreement with its principal bank which provides
         for a five year  revolving  line of credit in the amount of $5,000,000,
         which  expires  on March 31,  2003,  and a term  loan in the  amount of
         $5,000,000,  which  expires  on March 31,  2003.  Borrowings  under the
         revolving  line of credit and the term loan are evidenced by promissory
         notes and are secured by all of the Company's assets. In addition,  the
         Company,  on a quarterly basis, pays a commitment fee of one-quarter of
         one  percent  per annum on the  unused  revolving  line of  credit  and
         interest on outstanding amounts, at the option of the Company, based on
         various  formulas  which  relate to the prime rate or other  prescribed
         rates (6.97% and 7.50% at March 31, 1999 and 1998,  respectively).  The
         loan  agreement  contains  certain   covenants,   in  addition  to  the
         calculation of the Company's  total leverage  ratio,  which among other
         things,  limits the  distribution of dividends and other  payments.  At
         March  31,  1999,  the  Company  was  not in  compliance  with  certain
         covenants in the loan agreement.  On June 30, 1999, the Company and the
         bank executed an amendment to the loan agreement  pursuant to which the
         bank waived the Company's non-compliance with respect to such financial
         covenant as of March 31, 1999 and the financial covenants were modified
         to be consistent with the Company's business plan.




                                      -34-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998


<TABLE>

         Long-Term debt as of March 31, 1999 and 1998 is summarized as follows:

<S>                                                                         <C>                  <C>
                                                                                1999                1998
                                                                            -----------          ----------
   Revolving  line of credit note payable in quarterly  installments
   of interest  only with a final  payment of interest and principal
   outstanding on March 31,
   2003.                                                                    $ 5,000,000         $ 2,000,000

   Term loan note payable in quarterly installments of interest only
   through  March  31,  2000 and  interest  and  principal  payments
   increasing  from  $312,500  from June 30, 2000 through  March 31,
   2001 to $468,750 from June 30, 2001 through
   March 31, 2003.                                                            5,000,000           5,000,000

   9%  subordinated  note  payable  to OG Holding  Corporation  with
   interest payable in quarterly installments and principal payments
   in annual installments of $625,000 commencing March 31,
   2001 through March 31, 2003                                                1,875,000                  -
                                                                            -----------          ----------
      Total Long-Term debt                                                $  11,875,000       $   7,000,000
                                                                            ===========          ==========
</TABLE>

               Maturities  and payment  requirements  on  Long-Term  debt are as
follows:

                                   Notes Payable           Subordinated
                                      Bank                      Note
                                   ----------               ----------
              2001              $   1,250,000              $   625,000
              2002                  1,875,000                  625,000
              2003                  6,875,000                  625,000
                                   ----------               ----------
                                $  10,000,000              $ 1,875,000
                                   ==========               ==========


(6)      Stockholders' Equity
         --------------------

         (a)   Common Stock Reserved for Issuance
               ----------------------------------

               (i)  Stock Options
                    -------------

                  Under  the  Company's  1992  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  Plan),
                  employees  of the Company and its  affiliates,  and members of
                  the Board of  Directors,  may be granted  options to  purchase
                  shares of common stock of the Company.  Options  granted under
                  the Plan may either be intended to qualify as incentive  stock
                  options  under the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  or may be
                  non-qualified options.  Grants under the Plan are awarded by a
                  committee of the Board of Directors,  and are exercisable over
                  periods not exceeding ten years from date of grant. The option
                  price for incentive  stock options granted under the Plan must
                  be at least 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the
                  date of  grant,  while the  price  for  non-qualified  options
                  granted to employees  and employee  directors is determined by
                  the committee of the Board of Directors.


                                      -35-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998

                  The Plan was amended on  September  29,  1995 to increase  the
                  maximum number of shares of common stock for which options may
                  be   granted   to   1,125,000   shares.   Changes  in  options
                  outstanding,  inclusive  of options not issued under the Plan,
                  during each of the years ended March 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997,
                  and options  exercisable  and shares  reserved for issuance at
                  March 31, 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                <C>               <C>
                                             Weighted
                                           average price       Outstanding       Exercisable
                                             per share
                                          ---------------    ---------------   ----------------

Balance at March 31, 1996                      $1.73                 451,875            333,125

Granted (A)                                    $1.31                 418,750            131,250
Exercised                                      $1.12                  (8,125)            (8,125)
Canceled                                       $1.40                  (1,250)            (1,250)
                                          ---------------    ---------------   ----------------
Balance at March 31, 1997                      $1.51                 861,250            455,000

Became exercisable                             $1.68                       -            268,749
Granted (B)                                    $5.91                 627,250             90,208
Exercised                                      $1.43                  (5,156)            (5,156)
Canceled                                       $2.84                (107,594)          (104,531)
                                          ---------------    ---------------   ----------------
Balance at March 31, 1998                      $2.88               1,375,750            704,270


Became exercisable                             $3.27                       -            344,948
Granted (C)                                    $8.88                 171,850             50,508
Exercised                                      $1.12                  (8,155)            (8,155)
Canceled                                       $8.52                  (6,595)            (3,137)
                                          ---------------    ---------------   ----------------
Balance at March 31, 1999                      $3.54               1,532,850          1,088,434
                                          ===============   ================   ================
</TABLE>

                      (A)    Represents  400,000  options granted at an exercise
                             price of $1.20 per share and 6,250 options  granted
                             to each of three new employees at an exercise price
                             of $2.80,  $3.60 and  $4.40,  respectively.  Of the
                             options    granted,    131,250   were   immediately
                             exercisable and the balance  exercisable  either in
                             one, two or three annual installments.

                      (B)    Represents  402,250  options granted at an exercise
                             price  of  $4.00,  12,500  options  granted  at  an
                             exercise price of $4.30 and 212,500 options granted
                             at an  exercise  price of $5.60 per  share.  Of the
                             options    granted,    90,208   were    immediately
                             exercisable  and the balance  exercisable in either
                             one, two or three year annual installments.

                      (C)    Represents   options  granted  to  purchase  13,750
                             shares  at an  exercise  price  of  $10.00,  62,500
                             options  granted at an exercise  price of $9.60 per
                             share,  and an aggregate of 95,600 options  granted
                             to employees of U.S.  Concepts at an exercise price
                             of  $8.25.  Of the  options  granted,  50,508  were
                             immediately exercisable and the balance exercisable
                             in one or two annual installments.

                                      -36-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998



               (ii) Warrants
                    --------

                   At  March  31,  1999,  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of the
Company's common stock are as follows:


<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                <C>
                                           Weighted
                                         average price       Outstanding        Exercisable
                                           per share
                                       -----------------   ---------------    ----------------

Balance at March 31, 1996                    $0.81               1,129,864             942,364

Became exercisable                           $0.80                -                    187,500
Exercised                                    $0.80               (343,750)           (343,750)
Canceled (A)                                 $0.80               (250,000)           (250,000)
                                       -----------------   ---------------    ----------------
Balance at March 31, 1997                    $0.82                 536,114             536,114

Granted (B)                                  $4.00                  75,000              75,000
Exercised                                    $1.00               (218,750)           (218,750)
                                       -----------------   ---------------    -----------------
Balance at March 31, 1998 and
1999                                         $1.43                 392,364             392,364
                                       =================   ===============    ================
</TABLE>


                           (A)      Concurrently with the resignations in fiscal
                                    1997  of  two   directors  of  the  Company,
                                    warrants to purchase  250,000  shares of the
                                    Company's  common stock were returned to the
                                    Company and 62,500  shares of the  Company's
                                    common  stock  which   previously  had  been
                                    issued on  exercise of warrants at prices of
                                    $1.00 and $1.07 per share  were  repurchased
                                    by the Company for  $53,500,  the  aggregate
                                    amount  of  the  proceeds  received  by  the
                                    Company  when  the  62,500   warrants   were
                                    initially exercised.

                           (B)      In fiscal 1998,  concurrent with the Company
                                    entering into a financial  advisory services
                                    agreement  with an  investment  banking firm
                                    with which a  director  is  associated,  the
                                    Company   issued   immediately   exercisable
                                    warrants  to purchase  37,500  shares of the
                                    Company's  common stock at an exercise price
                                    of  $4.00  to each of the new  director  and
                                    another associate of the investment  banking
                                    firm.

                  At March  31,  1999,  outstanding  warrants  in the  amount of
                  392,364 are exercisable over the next eight years.



                                      -37-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998

                  The  Company  applies APB 25 and  related  interpretations  in
accounting  for its stock option plan. Had the Company  determined  compensation
cost  based on the fair  value at the  grant  date  for its  stock  options  and
warrants  under SFAS No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,  the
Company's  net income and net  income per share for fiscal  1999,  1998 and 1997
would have been as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>                <C>                    <C>
                                           Fiscal 1999        Fiscal 1998            Fiscal 1997
                                         ---------------    ----------------       ----------------

Net income:
                      As reported      $       1,338,539  $        2,279,000      $       2,290,000
                      Pro forma                  887,298           2,023,000              2,277,000

Basic income per share:
                      As reported      $            0.30  $             0.63      $            0.64
                      Pro forma                     0.20                0.56                   0.64

Diluted income per share:
                      As reported      $            0.24  $             0.50      $            0.51
                      Pro forma                     0.15                0.44                   0.51
</TABLE>

                  However,  such pro forma net income  reflects only options and
                  warrants  granted  since  April 1, 1995.  Therefore,  the full
                  impact of calculating  compensation cost for stock options and
                  warrants  under SFAS No. 123 is not reflected in the pro forma
                  net income  amounts  for fiscal  1999,  fiscal 1998 and fiscal
                  1997 discussed  above because  compensation  cost is reflected
                  over the options' and  warrants'  vesting  periods of up to 10
                  years and  compensation  cost of options and warrants  granted
                  prior to April 1, 1995 is not considered.


                  The options outstanding as of March 31, 1999 are summarized in
ranges as follows:


        Range of         Weighted            Number of          Weighted average
     exercise price      average              options            remaining life
                         exercise           outstanding
                          price
- ---------------------   -------------     ------------------   -----------------

       $1.12-4.00          $2.24             1,080,750                 9.79
       $4.01-7.00          $5.35               284,625                 5.97
      $7.01-10.00          $8.86               167,475                 5.41



                                      -38-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998

         The per share weighted-average fair value of stock options and warrants
         granted on their  respective  date of grant  using the  modified  Black
         Scholes   option-pricing  model  and  their  related   weighted-average
         assumptions are as follows:


                           Fiscal 1999       Fiscal 1998       Fiscal 1997
                         ---------------    --------------    --------------

Risk-free interest rate             5.07%             6.41%             6.85%
Expected life - years               5.16              6.07              6.91
Expected volatility                   82%               35%               25%
Expected dividend yield                0%                0%                0%


Fair value                         $6.15             $2.04             $1.30


(7)      Income Taxes
         ------------

         The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries,   which  are  wholly-owned,  file
consolidated Federal income tax returns.

         The  components  of income tax  expense  (benefit)  for the years ended
         March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                   <C>        <C>                 <C>            <C>                   <C>
                               March 31, 1999                  March 31, 1998                    March 31, 1997
                        -----------------------------    ---------------------------        ----------------------------------

Current:
   State and local        $     83,785                 $   129,954                         $    242,209
   Federal                      17,445        101,230      256,139           386,093             40,000           282,209
                            ----------                   ---------                          -----------

Deferred:
   Federal and State                          791,131                        913,907                            (442,133)
                                         ------------                 --------------                      ---------------
                                       $      892,361               $      1,300,000                     $      (159,924)
                                         ============                 ==============                      ===============
</TABLE>


         The differences  between the provision for income taxes computed at the
         statutory  rate  and  the  reported  amount  of tax  expense  (benefit)
         attributable  to income before income tax for the years ended March 31,
         1999, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>               <C>                <C>
                                                                        Rate
                                                                    --------------
                                                       1999              1998               1997
                                                  --------------    --------------     --------------

Statutory Federal income tax                                34.0%            34.0%              34.0%

State and local taxes, net of Federal benefit                5.9              5.1                6.6
Items not deductible, primarily amortization
of goodwill                                                  0.8              0.5                0.4
Valuation allowance adjustment                                 -                -               48.8)
Other                                                       (0.7)             (3.3)               0.3

                                                  --------------    --------------     --------------
Effective tax rate                                          40.0%             36.3%              (7.5)%

</TABLE>


                                      -39-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998

         The  tax  effects  of  temporary   differences  between  the  financial
         reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities  that are included in
         net deferred tax assets are as follows:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>
                                                                  March 31, 1999    March 31, 1998
                                                                 ---------------   ---------------
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Goodwill, principally due to differences in amortization    $            (23,486)          104,616
Net operating loss carryforwards                                         235,495                 -
Unbilled revenue                                                      (1,124,037)                -
Other                                                                    (28,943)          (21,174)
                                                                 ---------------   ---------------

         Net deferred tax asset (liability)                 $           (940,971)           83,442
                                                                 ===============   ===============
</TABLE>

         In  assessing  the  realizability  of deferred  tax assets,  management
         considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion,  or all
         of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The  ultimate
         realization  of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
         future  taxable  income  during the  periods in which  those  temporary
         differences  become  deductible.  Management  considers  the  scheduled
         reversal of deferred tax liabilities,  projected future taxable income,
         and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

         Current taxes  payable at March 31, 1999 were reduced by  approximately
         $310,000 to reflect the  Federal tax benefit  relating to  compensation
         expense for non-qualified  stock options and,  accordingly,  additional
         paid-in capital was increased by this amount.


(8)      Significant Customers
         ---------------------

         During the year ended March 31, 1999, the Company had one client which,
         before  and  after  giving  effect  to the U.S.  Concepts  Acquisition,
         accounted  for  approximately  11.6%  and  21.2%,  respectively  of its
         revenues. During the year ended March 31, 1998, the Company had another
         client   which,   before  and  after  giving   effect  to  the  Optimum
         Acquisition, accounted for approximately 34.4% and 24.5%, respectively,
         of its  revenues  and such client  during the year ended March 31, 1997
         represented 48.9% of revenues.


(9)      Employee Benefit Plan
         ---------------------

         The Company has a savings plan available to substantially  all salaried
         employees which is intended to qualify as a deferred  compensation plan
         under Section 401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code (the "401(k) Plan").
         Pursuant to the 401(k)  Plan,  employees  may  contribute  up to 15% of
         their eligible compensation not in excess of $10,000 and the Company at
         its sole discretion may from time to time make a discretionary matching
         contribution as it deems advisable. For the years ended March 31, 1999,
         1998 and 1997, the Company has charged approximately $246,000,  $66,000
         and $32,000 to expense as a matching employer contribution.





                                      -40-

<PAGE>


                    INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                             March 31, 1999 and 1998

(10)     Commitments
         -----------

         Employment Agreements
         ---------------------

         The Company has entered into four year employment agreements with three
         of its officers  which at March 31, 1999  provide for base  salaries in
         the  aggregate  amount of $750,000 per year through  September 29, 2001
         and  a  covenant  not  to  compete.  In  connection  with  the  Optimum
         Acquisition,  Optimum has entered into four year  employment  contracts
         with seven of its management  personnel which at March 31, 1999 provide
         for annual base  salaries in the aggregate  amount of $1,042,000  and a
         covenant  not  to  compete.   In  connection  with  the  U.S.  Concepts
         Acquisition,  U.S.  Concepts  has  entered  into four  year  employment
         contracts with two of its management  personnel which at March 31, 1999
         provide for annual base  salaries in the  aggregate  amount of $375,000
         and a covenant not to compete.


                                      -41-

<PAGE>



Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
- ------   ---------------------------------------------------------------
         Financial Disclosure.
         --------------------

           Not Applicable.


                                    PART III


Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Company.
- -------   -----------------------------------------------

         Pursuant to the Company's by-laws,  Directors are elected to a one-year
term of office by the stockholders of the Company at its annual meeting.

         Information  regarding  the  Directors  and  Executive  Officers of the
Company is listed in the following table:
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>   <C>                                                <C>
                             Positions with the Company and Principal
                             Occupation or Employment during the past
                        Age  Five Years                                          Director Since

Paul A. Amershadian     51   Executive Vice President-Marketing and                    1996
                             Sales of the Company since September 29,
                             1995 and of the Company's respective
                             predecessors, Spar and Meadows, from 1986
                             to September 29, 1995; Secretary of the
                             Company since October 16, 1996; Director of
                             the Company since May 1996.

John P. Benfield        48   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer           1995
                             of the Company since September 29, 1995;
                             Chairman of the Board of the Company since
                             October 16, 1996; Executive Vice President
                             of Operations of both Spar and Meadows, the
                             Company's respective predecessors, from 1988
                             to September 29, 1995.

Donald A. Bernard       66   Director, Executive Vice President and Chief              1995
                             Financial Officer of the Company since
                             September 29, 1995; Executive Vice President
                             of Finance of both Spar and Meadows, the
                             Company's respective predecessors, from 1990
                             to September 29, 1995.

Herbert M. Gardner      59   Director of the Company since May 1, 1997;                1997
                             Senior Vice President of Janney Montgomery
                             Scott Inc., an investment banking firm, since
                             1978; Presently serves as Chairman of Board of
                             Directors of Supreme Industries, Inc. and as a
                             director of Nu Horizons Electronics Corp.; Transmedia
                             Network, Inc.; TGC Industries, Inc.; and Hirsch
                             International Corp.

                                                       -42-

<PAGE>



Joseph S. Hellman       68   Director of the Company since May 1, 1997;                1997
                             Partner in the law firm of Kronish Lieb Weiner
                             & Hellman LLP during the past five years.

Thomas E. Lachenman     48   President of Optimum Group, Inc., a wholly-               1998
                             owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  from
                             March 31, 1998 until May 31, 1999,  and of
                             such  company's   predecessor   from  1963
                             through  March 31,  1998;  Director of the
                             Company since
                             March 31, 1998.

Brian Murphy            42   President of U.S. Concepts, Inc., a wholly-owned          1998
                             subsidiary of the Company, since December 28, 1998,
                             and of such company's predecessor from 1992 through
                             December 29, 1998.  Director of the Company since
                             December 29, 1998.

</TABLE>

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.
- -------   ----------------------

         Information   required  by  this  item  is  contained  in  the  section
"Executive  Compensation"  in the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement for its
1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under
the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  and is  hereby  incorporated  herein  by
reference.


Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
- -------   --------------------------------------------------------------

         Information required by this item is contained in the sections entitled
"Election of Directors" and "Security  Ownership and Certain  Beneficial  Owners
and Management" in the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for its 1999 Annual
Meeting  of  Stockholders  to be filed  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.


                                      -43-

<PAGE>



Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
- -------   ----------------------------------------------

         Information  required by this item is contained in the section entitled
"Certain  Relationships  and Related  Transactions" in the Company's  definitive
Proxy Statement for its 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant
to  Regulation  14A  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and is hereby
incorporated herein by reference.


                                     PART IV


Item 14.        Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.
- -------         ---------------------------------------------------------------

         (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report.

                  1.  Financial Statements:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
                                                                                                        Page
                       Index to Financial Statements.                                                    25
                            Consolidated Financial Statements of Inmark Enterprises, Inc.
                              Independent Auditors' Report                                               26
                              Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1999 and 1998                  27
                              Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
                                  March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997                                          28
                              Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
                                  for the three years ended March 31, 1999                               29
                              Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
                                  March 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997                                          30
                              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                 31
</TABLE>

                  2.  Financial Statement Schedules:

                      No  financial  statement  schedules  are  provided  herein
                      because  they are not  required or not  applicable  or the
                      required   information   is  shown  in  the   consolidated
                      financial statements or in the notes thereto.

                  3.  Exhibits:

         Exhibit
         Number               Description of Exhibits.

         2.1                  Asset Purchase Agreement,  dated as of December 8,
                              1998,   by  and  among  OG   Holding   Corporation
                              (formerly known as Optimum Group,  Inc.), James H.
                              Ferguson, Michael J. Halloran, Christina M. Heile,
                              David E. Huddleston,  Thomas E. Lachenman,  Thomas
                              L. Wessling,  Optimum Group, Inc.  (formerly known
                              as OG Acquisition  Corp.) and Inmark  Enterprises,
                              Inc.  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to
                              the  Registrant's  Report on Form 8-K dated  March
                              31, 1998, File No. 000-20394, initially filed with
                              the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on April
                              13, 1998).

         2.2                  Amendment No. 1 to the Asset  Purchase  Agreement,
                              dated  as  of  March  31,  1998  (incorporated  by
                              reference  to  Exhibit  2.2  to  the  Registrant's
                              Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 1998,  File No.
                              000-20394, initially filed with the Securities and
                              Exchange Commission on April 13, 1998).

                                      -44-

<PAGE>



         2.3                  Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 29,
                              1998, by and among U.S. Concepts, Inc., a New York
                              corporation,  Brian Murphy, U.S. Concepts, Inc., a
                              Delaware corporation, and Inmark Enterprises, Inc.

         3.1                  Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended,  of the
                              Registrant  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
                              3.1 to the Registrant's  Registration Statement on
                              Form S-1, File No. 33-47932,  initially filed with
                              the Securities and Exchange  Commission on May 14,
                              1992).

         3.2                  Bylaws   of  the   Registrant   (incorporated   by
                              reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  to  the  Registrant's
                              Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  File  No.
                              33-47932,  initially filed with the Securities and
                              Exchange Commission on May 14, 1992).

         10.1                 Health  Image Media,  Inc.  1992 Stock Option Plan
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
                              Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form S-1,
                              File  No.  33-47932,   initially  filed  with  the
                              Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on May  14,
                              1992).

         10.2                 Employment  Agreement  dated  September  29,  1995
                              between    Registrant   and   John   P.   Benfield
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              fiscal year ended March 31, 1996,  initially filed
                              with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on
                              July 1, 1996).

         10.3                 Employment  Agreement  dated  September  29,  1995
                              between  the  Registrant  and  Donald  A.  Bernard
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              fiscal year ended March 31, 1996,  initially filed
                              with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on
                              July 1, 1996).

         10.4                 Employment  Agreement  dated  September  29,  1995
                              between   Registrant   and  Paul  A.   Amershadian
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              fiscal year ended March 31, 1996,  initially filed
                              with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on
                              July 1, 1996).

         10.5                 Promissory Note and Pledge Agreement dated January
                              10, 1996 between Inmark Services, Inc. and Paul A.
                              Amershadian  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                              10.6 to the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form
                              10-K for the  fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1996,
                              initially  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
                              Commission on July 1, 1996).

         10.6                 First Amendment to Employment  Agreement dated May
                              2,  1997  between  the   Registrant  and  John  P.
                              Benfield  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit
                              10.7 to the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form
                              10-K for the  fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1997,
                              initially  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
                              Commission on June 27, 1997).

         10.7                 First Amendment to Employment  Agreement dated May
                              2,  1997  between  the  Registrant  and  Donald A.
                              Bernard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8
                              to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                              the fiscal  year ended March 31,  1997,  initially
                              filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
                              on June 27, 1997).

         10.8                 First Amendment to Employment  Agreement dated May
                              2,  1997  between  the   Registrant  and  Paul  A.
                              Amershadian  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                              10.9 to the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form
                              10-K for the  fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1997,
                              initially  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
                              Commission on June 27, 1997).


                                      -45-

<PAGE>



         10.9                 Promissory  Note,  dated  April  7,  1997,  in the
                              principal   amount   of   $25,000,   by   Paul  A.
                              Amershadian  in favor  of  Inmark  Services,  Inc.
                              (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.10 to
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              fiscal year ended March 31, 1997,  initially filed
                              with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on
                              June 27, 1997).

         10.10                Amendment to Pledge  Agreement,  dated as of April
                              7, 1997,  between Paul A.  Amershadian  and Inmark
                              Services,   Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to
                              Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant's Annual Report on
                              Form  10-K for the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31,
                              1997,  initially  filed  with the  Securities  and
                              Exchange Commission on June 27, 1997).

         10.11                Escrow  Agreement,  dated as of March 31,  1998 by
                              and among OG Holding  Corporation,  formerly known
                              as Optimum  Group,  Inc.,  Electing Small Business
                              Trust  f/b/o  James H.  Ferguson,  Electing  Small
                              Business Trust f/b/o Michael J. Halloran, Electing
                              Small  Business  Trust f/b/o  Christina  M. Heile,
                              Electing  Small  Business  Trust  f/b/o  David  E.
                              Huddleston,  Electing  Small  Business Trust f/b/o
                              Thomas E. Lachenman, Electing Small Business Trust
                              f/b/o Roderick S. Taylor,  Electing Small Business
                              Trust f/b/o Thomas L. Wessling,  Steven  Clements,
                              Kimberly Longshore,  Terry Steding, Optimum Group,
                              Inc.,  formerly  known  as OG  Acquisition  Corp.,
                              Inmark  Enterprises,   Inc.,  and  Kronish,  Lieb,
                              Weiner & Hellman LLP (incorporated by reference to
                              Exhibit 2.3 to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K
                              dated  March  31,   1998,   File  No.   000-20394,
                              initially  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
                              Commission on April 13, 1998).

         10.12                Loan Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1998, by and
                              among  PNC  Bank,  National  Association,   Inmark
                              Enterprises,  Inc.,  Inmark  Services,  Inc.,  and
                              Optimum  Group,  Inc.   (formerly  OG  Acquisition
                              Corp.)  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2
                              to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated March
                              31, 1998, File No. 000-20394, initially filed with
                              the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on April
                              13, 1998).

         10.13                Guaranty,  dated as of March 31,  1998,  by Inmark
                              Enterprises,  Inc. in favor of PNC Bank,  National
                              Association  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                              99.3 to the Registrant's  Report on Form 8-K dated
                              March  31,  1998,  File No.  000-20394,  initially
                              filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
                              on April 13, 1998).

         10.14                Pledge  Agreement,  dated as of March 31, 1998, by
                              Inmark  Enterprises,  Inc., Inmark Services,  Inc.
                              and Optimum Group,  Inc.  (formerly OG Acquisition
                              Corp.) in favor of PNC Bank, National  Association
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the
                              Registrant's  Report on Form 8-K  dated  March 31,
                              1998, File No. 000-20394, initially filed with the
                              Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on April 13,
                              1998).

         10.15                Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1998, by
                              Inmark  Enterprises,  Inc., Inmark Services,  Inc.
                              and Optimum Group,  Inc.  (formerly OG Acquisition
                              Corp.) in favor of PNC Bank, National  Association
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the
                              Registrant's  Report on Form 8-K  dated  March 31,
                              1998, File No. 000-20394, initially filed with the
                              Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on April 13,
                              1998).

         10.16                First  Amendment  to  Loan   Agreement,   Security
                              Agreement  and  Pledge  Agreement,   dated  as  of
                              December 29, 1998,  by and among PNC Bank National
                              Association,   Inmark   Enterprises,   Inc.,  U.S.
                              Concepts,  Inc., Inmark Services, Inc. and Optimum
                              Group, Inc.

         10.17                Second  Amendment  to  Loan  Agreement,   Security
                              Agreement  and  Pledge  Agreement,   dated  as  of
                              January 14, 1999,  by and among PNC Bank  National
                              Association, Inmark Enterprises, Inc.,

                                      -46-

<PAGE>



                              U.S.  Concepts,  Inc.,  Inmark Services, Inc.
                              and Optimum Group, Inc.

         10.18                Third  Amendment  to  Loan   Agreement,   Security
                              Agreement and Pledge  Agreement,  dated as of June
                              30,   1999,   by  and  among  PNC  Bank   National
                              Association,   Inmark   Enterprises,   Inc.,  U.S.
                              Concepts,  Inc., Inmark Services, Inc. and Optimum
                              Group, Inc.

         21                   Subsidiaries of the Registrant

         23                   Consent of Independent Auditors

         27                   Financial Data Schedule


         (b) Reports on Form 8-K.

                              No reports  were filed on Form 8-K during the last
                              quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.




                                      -47-

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

                         Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                          INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.


                           By: /s/ Donald A. Bernard
                               ---------------------
                               Donald A. Bernard
                               Executive Vice President and
                               Chief Financial Officer
                               (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

                               Dated: June 30, 1999

                         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934,  this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on
behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

   Signature and Title                         Signature and Title


By:/s/ John P. Benfield                       By:/s/ Donald A. Bernard
   --------------------                          ---------------------
   John P. Benfield                              Donald A. Bernard
   President and                                 Executive Vice President and
   Chief Executive Officer and Director          Chief Financial Officer and
   (Principal Executive Officer)                 Director
                                                 (Principal Financial and
                                                 Accounting Officer)

   Dated: June 30, 1999                          Dated: June 30, 1999


By:/s/ Paul A. Amershadian                    By:/s/ Herbert M. Gardner
   -----------------------                       ----------------------
   Paul A. Amershadian                           Herbert M. Gardner
   Executive Vice President - Marketing          Director
   and Sales and Director

   Dated: June 30, 1999                          Dated: June 30, 1999


By:/s/ Joseph S. Hellman                      By:/s/ Brian Murphy
   ---------------------                         ----------------
   Joseph S. Hellman                             Brian Murphy
   Director                                      Director

   Dated: June 30, 1999                          Dated: June 30, 1999

                                      -48-

<PAGE>



                                      EXHIBIT INDEX


         Exhibit
         Number               Description of Exhibits.

         2.1                  Asset Purchase  Agreement  dated as of December 8,
                              1998,   by  and  among  OG   Holding   Corporation
                              (formerly known as Optimum Group,  Inc.), James H.
                              Ferguson,  Michael  J.  Halloran,   Christina,  M.
                              Heile,  David E. Huddleston,  Thomas E. Lachenman,
                              Thomas L. Wessling,  Optimum Group, Inc. (formerly
                              known  as  OG   Acquisition   Corp.)   and  Inmark
                              Enterprises,  Inc.  (incorporated  by reference to
                              Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K
                              dated  March  31,   1998,   File  No.   000-20394,
                              initially  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
                              Commission on April 13, 1998).

         2.2                  Amendment No. 1 to the Asset  Purchase  Agreement,
                              dated  as  of  March  31,  1998  (incorporated  by
                              reference  to  Exhibit  2.2  to  the  Registrant's
                              Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 1998,  File No.
                              000-20394, initially filed with the Securities and
                              Exchange Commission on April 13, 1998).

         2.3                  Asset Purchase  Agreement dated as of December 29,
                              1998, by and among U.S. Concepts, Inc., a New York
                              corporation,  Brian Murphy, U.S. Concepts, Inc., a
                              Delaware corporation, and Inmark Enterprises, Inc.

         3.1                  Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended,  of the
                              Registrant  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
                              3.1 to the Registrant's  Registration Statement on
                              Form S-1, File No. 33-47932,  initially filed with
                              the Securities and Exchange  Commission on May 14,
                              1992).

         3.2                  Bylaws   of  the   Registrant   (incorporated   by
                              reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  to  the  Registrant's
                              Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  File  No.
                              33-47932,  initially filed with the Securities and
                              Exchange Commission on May 14, 1992).

         10.1                 Health  Image Media,  Inc.  1992 Stock Option Plan
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
                              Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form S-1,
                              File  No.  33-47932,   initially  filed  with  the
                              Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on May  14,
                              1992).

         10.2                 Employment  Agreement  dated  September  29,  1995
                              between    Registrant   and   John   P.   Benfield
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              fiscal year ended March 31, 1996,  initially filed
                              with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on
                              July 1, 1996).

         10.3                 Employment  Agreement  dated  September  29,  1995
                              between  the  Registrant  and  Donald  A.  Bernard
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              fiscal year ended March 31, 1996,  initially filed
                              with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on
                              July 1, 1996).

         10.4                 Employment  Agreement  dated  September  29,  1995
                              between  the  Registrant  and Paul A.  Amershadian
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              fiscal year ended March 31, 1996,  initially filed
                              with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on
                              July 1, 1996).

         10.5                 Promissory Note and Pledge Agreement dated January
                              10, 1996 between Inmark Services, Inc.

                                      -49-

<PAGE>



                              and Paul A. Amershadian (incorporated by reference
                              to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's  Annual Report
                              on Form 10-K for the fiscal  year ended  March 31,
                              1996,  initially  filed  with the  Securities  and
                              Exchange Commission on July 1, 1996).

         10.6                 First Amendment to Employment  Agreement dated May
                              2,  1997  between  the   Registrant  and  John  P.
                              Benfield  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit
                              10.7 to the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form
                              10-K for the  fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1997,
                              initially  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
                              Commission on June 27, 1997).

         10.7                 First Amendment to Employment  Agreement dated May
                              2,  1997   between  the   Registrant   and  Donald
                              A. Bernard  (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit
                              10.8 to the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form
                              10-K for the  fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1997,
                              initially  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
                              Commission on June 27, 1997).

         10.8                 First Amendment to Employment  Agreement dated May
                              2,  1997  between  the   Registrant  and  Paul  A.
                              Amershadian  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                              10.9 to the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form
                              10-K for the  fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1997,
                              initially  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
                              Commission on June 27, 1997).

         10.9                 Promissory  Note,  dated  April  7,  1997,  in the
                              principal   amount   of   $25,000,   by   Paul  A.
                              Amershadian  in favor  of  Inmark  Services,  Inc.
                              (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the
                              Registrant's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
                              fiscal year ended March 31, 1997,  initially filed
                              with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on
                              June 27, 1997).

         10.10                Amendment to Pledge  Agreement,  dated as of April
                              7, 1997,  between  Paul A  Amershadian  and Inmark
                              Services,   Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to
                              Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant's Annual Report on
                              Form  10-K for the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31,
                              1997,  initially  filed  with the  Securities  and
                              Exchange Commission on June 27, 1997).

         10.11                Escrow  Agreement,  dated as of March 31,  1998 by
                              and among OG Holding  Corporation,  formerly known
                              as Optimum  Group,  Inc.,  Electing Small Business
                              Trust  f/b/o  James H.  Ferguson,  Electing  Small
                              Business Trust f/b/o Michael J. Halloran, Electing
                              Small  Business  Trust f/b/o  Christina  M. Heile,
                              Electing  Small  Business  Trust  f/b/o  David  E.
                              Huddleston,  Electing  Small  Business Trust f/b/o
                              Thomas E. Lachenman, Electing Small Business Trust
                              f/b/o Roderick S. Taylor,  Electing Small Business
                              Trust f/b/o Thomas L. Wessling,  Steven  Clements,
                              Kimberly Longshore,  Terry Steding, Optimum Group,
                              Inc.,  formerly  known  as OG  Acquisition  Corp.,
                              Inmark  Enterprises,   Inc.,  and  Kronish,  Lieb,
                              Weiner & Hellman LLP (incorporated by reference to
                              Exhibit 2.3 to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K
                              dated  March  31,   1998,   File  No.   000-20394,
                              initially  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
                              Commission on April 13, 1998).

         10.12                Loan Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1998, by and
                              among  PNC  Bank,  National  Association,   Inmark
                              Enterprises,  Inc.,  Inmark  Services,  Inc.,  and
                              Optimum  Group,  Inc.   (formerly  OG  Acquisition
                              Corp.)  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2
                              to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated March
                              31, 1998, File No. 000-20394, initially filed with
                              the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on April
                              13, 1998).

         10.13                Guaranty,  dated as of March 32,  1998,  by Inmark
                              Enterprises,  Inc. in favor of PNC Bank,  National
                              Association  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                              99.3 to the Registrant's  Report on Form 8-K dated
                              March  31,  1998,  File No.  000-20394,  initially
                              filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
                              on April 13, 1998).


                                      -50-

<PAGE>



         10.14                Pledge  Agreement,  dated as of March 31, 1998, by
                              Inmark  Enterprises,  Inc., Inmark Services,  Inc.
                              and Optimum Group,  Inc.  (formerly OG Acquisition
                              Corp.) in favor of PNC Bank, National  Association
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the
                              Registrant's  Report on Form 8-K  dated  March 31,
                              1998, File No. 000-20394, initially filed with the
                              Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on April 13,
                              1998).

         10.15                Security  Agreement,  dated  March  31,  1998,  by
                              Inmark  Enterprises,  Inc., Inmark Services,  Inc.
                              and Optimum Group,  Inc.  (formerly OG Acquisition
                              Corp.) in favor of PNC Bank, National  Association
                              (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the
                              Registrant's  Report on Form 8-K  dated  March 31,
                              1998, File No. 000-20394, initially filed with the
                              Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on April 13,
                              1998).

         10.16                First  Amendment  to  Loan   Agreement,   Security
                              Agreement  and  Pledge  Agreement,   dated  as  of
                              December 29, 1998,  by and among PNC Bank National
                              Association,   Inmark   Enterprises,   Inc.,  U.S.
                              Concepts,  Inc., Inmark Services, Inc. and Optimum
                              Group, Inc.

         10.17                Second  Amendment  to  Loan  Agreement,   Security
                              Agreement  and  Pledge  Agreement,   dated  as  of
                              January 14, 1999,  by and among PNC Bank  National
                              Association,   Inmark   Enterprises,   Inc.,  U.S.
                              Concepts,  Inc., Inmark Services, Inc. and Optimum
                              Group, Inc.

         10.18                Third  Amendment  to  Loan   Agreement,   Security
                              Agreement and Pledge  Agreement,  dated as of June
                              30,   1999,   by  and  among  PNC  Bank   National
                              Association,   Inmark   Enterprises,   Inc.,  U.S.
                              Concepts,  Inc., Inmark Services, Inc. and Optimum
                              Group, Inc.

         21                   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

         23                   Consent of Independent Auditors.

         27                   Financial Data Schedule





                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         --------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Among
                              U.S. CONCEPTS, INC.,
                             a New York corporation,
                          BRIAN MURPHY, an individual,
                         U.S. CONCEPTS, INC., a Delaware
                                corporation, and
                            INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.,
                             a Delaware corporation




                          Dated as of December 29, 1998

================================================================================
<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                            Page

ARTICLE 1                  DEFINITIONS  ......................................2

         1.1      Certain Defined Terms.......................................2

ARTICLE 2                  PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS.......................16

         2.1      Purchase and Sale of Assets................................16
                  (a)      Cash..............................................16
                  (b)      Accounts Receivable...............................16
                  (c)      Assigned Contracts................................16
                  (d)      Intellectual Property.............................17
                  (e)      Name and Goodwill.................................17
                  (f)      Records...........................................17
                  (g)      Proceeds of Insurance Policies....................17
                  (h)      Tangible Personal Property and Fixtures...........17
                  (i)      Safe Deposit Boxes and Off-Site Storage
                           Facilities........................................18
                  (j)      Real Property.....................................18
                  (k)      Inventories and Supplies..........................18
         2.2      Excluded Assets............................................18
                  (a)      CFM Partners Receivable...........................18
                  (b)      Corporate Documents...............................18
                  (c)  This Agreement........................................18
                  (d)  Certain Assets .......................................19
         2.3      Assumption of Liabilities..................................19
         2.4      Purchase Price.............................................20
         2.5      Allocation of Purchase Price...............................23
         2.6      Failure to Obtain Consents and Approvals...................24

ARTICLE 3                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                           OF SELLER AND THE SHAREHOLDER.....................25

         3.1      Organization and Qualification of Seller...................25
         3.2      Authority; Due Execution; Binding Obligation...............26
         3.3      Capital Stock of Seller....................................26
         3.4      Subsidiaries and Affiliates................................27
         3.5      Corporate Books and Records................................27
         3.6      No Conflict................................................27
         3.7      Governmental Consents and Approvals........................28
         3.8      Financial Information, Books and Records and
                  Operating Data.............................................28
         3.9      Title......................................................30
         3.10     Solvency and Payment of Liabilities........................30
         3.11     Inventories................................................30
         3.12     Acquired Assets............................................30
         3.13     Unrecorded Contract Billings and Related Costs.............31
         3.14     Conduct in the Ordinary Course; Absence of Certain
                  Changes, Events and Conditions.............................32

                                       ii

<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


         3.15     Litigation.................................................35
         3.16     Certain Interests..........................................36
         3.17     Compliance with Laws.......................................37
         3.18     Permits and Licenses; Related Matters......................37
         3.19     Material Contracts.........................................38
         3.20     Intellectual Property......................................39
         3.21     Real Property..............................................41
         3.22     Tangible Personal Property.................................43
         3.23     Purchased Assets...........................................44
         3.24     Customers..................................................45
         3.25     Suppliers..................................................46
         3.26     Employee Benefit Matters...................................46
                  (a) Plans and Material Documents...........................46
                  (b) Americans With Disability Act..........................49
         3.27     Labor Matters..............................................49
         3.28     Employees..................................................50
         3.29     Taxes......................................................51
         3.30     Insurance..................................................52
         3.31     Brokers....................................................53
         3.32     Full Disclosure............................................53

ARTICLE 4                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                           OF PURCHASER AND INMARK...........................54

         4.1      Organization of Purchaser and Inmark.......................54
         4.2      Authority; Due Execution; Binding Obligation. .............54
         4.3      No Conflict................................................55
         4.4      Capital Stock of Inmark....................................56
         4.5      SEC Reports................................................57
         4.6      Governmental Consents and Approvals........................58
         4.7      Litigation.................................................58
         4.8      Brokers....................................................58
         4.9      Full Disclosure............................................58
         4.10     Financing..................................................59
         4.11     Conduct in the Ordinary Course; Absence of
                  Certain Changes, Events and Conditions.....................59
         4.12     Compliance with Laws.......................................59
         4.13     Taxes......................................................59

ARTICLE 5                  DELIVERIES........................................60

         5.1  Seller's and Shareholder's Deliveries..........................60
                  (a)      Bill of Sale......................................60
                  (b)      Assignments.......................................60
                  (c)      Assignment of Trademark...........................61
                  (d)      Organizational Documents..........................61
                  (e)      Corporate and Stockholder Authorization...........61
                  (f)      Good Standing; Qualification to Do Business.......62
                  (g)      Consents and Approvals............................62

                                       iii

<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


                  (h)      Encumbrance Release...............................62
                  (i)      Legal Opinion.....................................62
                  (j)      Change of Name....................................62
                  (k)      Employment Agreements.............................62
                  (l)      Investment Representation Letter..................63
                  (m)      Stock Option Agreements ..........................63
                  (n)      S&S Contract......................................63
                  (o)      MCI Liability.....................................63
                  (p)      Business Documents................................63
                  (q)      Evidence of Insurance.............................63
                  (r)      Miscellaneous.....................................64
         5.2      Purchaser's Deliveries.....................................64
                  (a)      Cash Payment......................................64
                  (b)      Inmark Common Stock...............................64
                  (c)      Assignment and Assumption Agreement...............64
                  (d)      Organizational Documents..........................64
                  (e)      Corporate Authorization...........................65
                  (f)      Good Standing Certificate.........................65
                  (g)      Consents and Approvals............................65
                  (h)      Legal Opinion.....................................65
                  (i)      Employment Agreements.............................65
                  (j)      Miscellaneous.....................................66
         5.3      Inmark's Deliveries........................................66
                  (a)      Organizational Documents..........................66
                  (b)      Corporate Authorization...........................66
                  (c)      Good Standing Certificate.........................67
                  (d)      Consents and Approvals............................67
                  (e)      Legal Opinion.....................................64
                  (f)      Stock Option Agreements ..........................67
                  (g)      Miscellaneous.....................................67

ARTICLE 6                  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES;
                   INDEMNIFICATION...........................................68

         6.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties.....................68
         6.2  Indemnification................................................68
         6.3  Procedure for Certain Indemnification..........................69
         6.4  Limitation on Liability........................................70
         6.5  Right to Withhold Additional Purchase Price....................71
         6.6  Certain Limitations ...........................................71
         6.7  Exclusive Remedy...............................................71

ARTICLE 7         COVENANTS SUBSEQUENT TO CLOSING............................71

         7.1      Further Assurances.........................................71
         7.2      Change of Name.............................................72
         7.3      Records....................................................72
         7.4      Tax Reporting..............................................73
         7.5      Employee Benefit Plans.....................................73

                                       iv

<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


                   (a)     Continuation of Plans.............................73
                   (b)     Continuation of Coverage..........................75
                   (c)     Assumption of Employee Benefit Plans..............75
         7.6      Incentive Stock Options....................................75
         7.7      Non-Competition; Trade Secrets.............................76
         7.8      Gains, Transfer and Sales Taxes............................79
         7.9      Board Representation.......................................79
         7.10     Working Capital............................................80


ARTICLE 8         INMARK COMMON STOCK........................................80

         8.1      Representations and Warranties of Seller and the
                  Shareholder................................................80
         8.2      Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933..............81
                    (a) Registration Rights..................................81
                    (b) Inmark's Obligations in Registration.................83
                    (c) Information From Seller and the Shareholder..........85
                    (d) Indemnification by Purchaser and Inmark..............85
                    (e) Indemnification by Seller and
                        the Shareholder......................................86
                    (f) Rule 144.............................................87
         8.3      Inmark Shares Lock-Up Agreement............................87

ARTICLE 9         GENERAL PROVISIONS.........................................88

         9.1      Notices....................................................88
         9.2      Public Announcements.......................................90
         9.3      Headings...................................................90
         9.4      Severability...............................................90
         9.5      Entire Agreement...........................................91
         9.6      Assignment.................................................91
         9.7      No Third Party Beneficiaries...............................91
         9.8      Amendment or Termination...................................91
         9.9      Remedies and Venue.........................................92
         9.10     Governing Law..............................................93
         9.11     Counterparts...............................................94
         9.12     Expenses...................................................94
         9.13     Schedules..................................................94
         9.14     Director and Officer Indemnification.......................94



                                        v

<PAGE>



EXHIBITS
A        - Form of Bill of Sale
B        - Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
C        - Form of Assignment of Trademark
D        - Form of Legal Opinion of Cohen & Silverman
E-1      - Form of Employment Agreement for Brian Murphy
E-2      - Form of Employment Agreement for Bradford Bryen
F        - Form of Legal Opinion of Kronish Lieb Weiner & Hellman LLP
G        - Form of Investment Representation Letter
H        - Form of Stock Option Agreement


                                       vi

<PAGE>



         ASSET PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  dated as of December 29, 1998, by and among
U.S.  CONCEPTS,  INC.,  a New York  corporation  ("Seller"),  BRIAN  MURPHY,  an
individual (the  "Shareholder"),  U.S.  CONCEPTS,  INC., a Delaware  corporation
("Purchaser"), and INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Inmark").


                                W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS,  Seller owns and operates the sales  promotion  and  marketing
services business described in Section 1.1 hereof (the "Business); and

         WHEREAS,  Seller  desires  to  sell  and  transfer  to  Purchaser,  and
Purchaser  desires to purchase and acquire from Seller,  all of Seller's  right,
title and interest in and to  substantially  all of the tangible and  intangible
assets of Seller relating to the Business, or used or held for use in connection
with the Business, all as set forth more fully below; and

         WHEREAS, the Shareholder is entering into this Agreement to
induce Purchaser to acquire the Business;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  foregoing  and the  mutual
agreements  and covenants  hereinafter  set forth,  the parties  hereto agree as
follows:






<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.1      Certain  Defined Terms.  As used in this  Agreement,
the following terms shall have the following meanings:

                  "Action" means any claim, action, suit, arbitration,  inquiry,
proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority.

                  "Affiliate"  means, with respect to any specified Person,  any
other Person that directly,  or indirectly  through one or more  intermediaries,
controls,  is controlled  by, or is under common  control with,  such  specified
Person.

                  "Agreement"  or "this  Agreement"  means this  Asset  Purchase
Agreement,  dated as of  December  29,  1998,  among  Seller,  the  Shareholder,
Purchaser  and Inmark  (including  the  Exhibits and  Schedules  hereto) and all
amendments hereto made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.8.

                  "Assigned Contracts" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1(c).

                  "Assumed Liabilities" has the meaning specified in
Section 2.3.

                  "Audited Financial Statements" means historical balance sheets
and related  statements of income,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for the
Business certified by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1998.



                                        2

<PAGE>



                  "Bryen" means Bradford Bryen, an individual.

                  "Business" means the business of providing sales promotion and
marketing  services and all other  business  which at any time prior to the date
hereof has been conducted by Seller.

                  "Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday,  a Sunday
or other day on which banks are  required or  authorized  by law to be closed in
the City of New York.

                  "CERCLA"  means  the  Comprehensive   Environmental   Response
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended through the date hereof.

                  "Closing"   means  the   consummation   of  the   transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement,  which is  occurring  simultaneously  with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller,  the Shareholder,  Purchaser
and Inmark at the offices of Kronish Lieb Weiner & Hellman  LLP,  1114 Avenue of
the Americas,  New York, New York  10036-7798,  to be effective as of 12:01 A.M.
local time on the Closing Date.

                  "Closing Date" means the date of this Agreement.

                  "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended
through the date hereof.

                  "Confidentiality   Agreement"   means   that   certain   Joint
Confidentiality  Agreement,  dated as of October 20, 1998, by and between Seller
and Inmark.

                  "control"  (including  the terms  "controlled  by" and  "under
common control with"), with respect to the relationship  between or among two or
more  Persons,  means the  possession,  directly or  indirectly or as trustee or
executor, of the power to

                                        3

<PAGE>



direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person,  whether
through the ownership of voting securities,  as trustee or executor, by contract
or  otherwise,   including,  without  limitation,  the  ownership,  directly  or
indirectly,  of securities  having the power to elect a majority of the board of
directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.

                  "Damages" has the meaning specified in Section 6.2.

                  "Earnout  Commencement  Date"  means the  Closing  Date if the
Closing  Date is the first of a month or the first day of the month  immediately
following the Closing Date if the Closing Date is not the first of a month.

                  "Encumbrance" means any security interest,  pledge,  mortgage,
lien  (including,  without  limitation,  environmental  and tax liens),  charge,
encumbrance, adverse claim, preferential arrangement or restriction of any kind,
including,  without  limitation,  any restriction on the use, voting,  transfer,
receipt of income or other exercise of any attributes of ownership.

                  "Environment"  means  surface  waters,   groundwaters,   soil,
subsurface strata and ambient air.

                  "Environmental  Law"  means  any Law,  now or  hereinafter  in
effect  and as  amended,  and  any  judicial  or  administrative  interpretation
thereof,  including  any judicial or  administrative  order,  consent  decree or
judgment,  relating to the Environment,  health,  safety or Hazardous Materials,
including without  limitation,  CERCLA;  the Resource  Conservation and Recovery
Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.ss. 6901 et seq.; the Hazardous Materials  Transportation Act,
49 U.S.C.  ss.ss.  6901 et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.  ss.ss.  1251 et
seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 2601 et seq.; the Clean
Air Act, 42 U.S.C.  ss.ss.  7401 et seq; the Safe Drinking  Water Act, 42 U.S.C.
ss.ss. 300f et seq.; the Atomic Energy

                                        4

<PAGE>



Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.ss. 2011 et seq.; the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. ss.ss. 136 et seq.; and the
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. ss.ss. 301 et seq.

                  "Environmental   Permits"   means  all   permits,   approvals,
identification  numbers,  licenses and other  authorizations  required under any
applicable Environmental Law.

                  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended.

                  "ERISA Affiliate" means an organization which is a member of a
controlled  group of organizations  within the meaning of Sections 414(b),  (c),
(m) or (o) of the Code which includes the Seller.

                  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

                  "Excluded Assets" has the meaning specified in
Section 2.2.

                  "Financial Statements" has the meaning specified in
Section 3.8(a).

                  "Governmental  Authority"  means any  United  States  federal,
state  or  local  or  any  foreign  government,   governmental,   regulatory  or
administrative  authority,  agency  or  commission  or any  court,  tribunal  or
judicial or arbitral body.

                  "Governmental   Order"  means  any  order,   writ,   judgment,
injunction,  decree, stipulation,  determination or award entered by or with any
Governmental Authority.


                                        5

<PAGE>



                  "Group Plans" has the meaning specified in Section
3.26.

                  "Hazardous   Materials"  means  (a)  petroleum  and  petroleum
products,  radioactive  materials,  asbestos in any form that is or could become
friable,   transformers  or  other   equipment  that  contains   polychlorinated
biphenyls,  and radon gas,  (b) any other  chemicals,  materials  or  substances
defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous  substances",  "hazardous
wastes",  "hazardous  materials",   "extremely  hazardous  wastes",  "restricted
hazardous wastes",  "toxic substances",  "toxic  pollutants",  "contaminants" or
"pollutants" or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law,
and (c) any other chemical, material or substance exposure to which is regulated
by any Governmental Authority.

                  "Indebtedness"  means,  with  respect to any  Person,  (a) all
indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent,  for borrowed money, (b)
all  obligations  of such Person for the deferred  purchase price of property or
services  (other  than  accounts  payable  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of
business),  (c) all  obligations  of such  Person  evidenced  by  notes,  bonds,
debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising
under any conditional  sale or other title  retention  agreement with respect to
property  acquired by such Person  (even  though the rights and  remedies of the
seller or lender  under such  agreement  in the event of default  are limited to
repossession  or sale of such  property),  (e) all obligations of such Person as
lessee under leases that have been or should be, in accordance  with U.S.  GAAP,
recorded as capital leases,  (f) all  obligations,  contingent or otherwise,  of
such Person under acceptance,  letter of credit or similar  facilities,  (g) all
obligations  of such Person to purchase,  redeem,  retire,  defease or otherwise
acquire for value any capital  stock of such Person or any  warrants,  rights or
options to acquire such capital stock,

                                        6

<PAGE>



valued,  in the  case of  redeemable  preferred  stock,  at the  greater  of its
voluntary  or  involuntary   liquidation  preference  plus  accrued  and  unpaid
dividends, (h) all Indebtedness of others referred to in clauses (a) through (g)
above  guaranteed  directly or  indirectly  in any manner by such Person,  or in
effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement (i)
to pay or  purchase  such  Indebtedness  or to advance  or supply  funds for the
payment or purchase of such  Indebtedness,  (ii) to purchase,  sell or lease (as
lessee or lessor) property,  or to purchase or sell services,  primarily for the
purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Indebtedness or to assure
the holder of such Indebtedness against loss, (iii) to supply funds to or in any
other manner invest in the debtor  (including  any agreement to pay for property
or services  irrespective  of whether such property is received or such services
are rendered) or (iv)  otherwise to assure a creditor  against loss, and (i) all
Indebtedness  referred to in clauses  (a)  through (h) above  secured by (or for
which the holder of such  Indebtedness  has an  existing  right,  contingent  or
otherwise,  to be secured by) any  Encumbrance on property  (including,  without
limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such
Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness.

                  "Inmark" has the meaning specified in the preamble to
this Agreement.

                  "Inmark  Common  Stock" means the common stock of Inmark,  par
value $.001 per share.

                  "Inmark Shares" means the shares of Inmark Common Stock issued
and delivered at Closing to Seller.

                  "Intellectual Property" means (a) inventions, whether
or not patentable, whether or not reduced to practice, and

                                        7

<PAGE>



whether  or not  yet  made  the  subject  of a  pending  patent  application  or
applications,  (b) ideas  and  conceptions  of  potentially  patentable  subject
matter, including,  without limitation,  any patent disclosures,  whether or not
reduced to practice and whether or not yet made the subject of a pending  patent
application  or  applications,  (c) national  (including  the United States) and
multinational statutory invention  registrations,  patents, patent registrations
and patent  applications  (including  all  reissues,  divisions,  continuations,
continuations-in-part,  extensions  and  reexaminations)  and all rights therein
provided by  international  treaties or conventions and all  improvements to the
inventions  disclosed  in each such  registration,  patent or  application,  (d)
trademarks,  service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and corporate names,
whether or not registered,  including all common law rights,  and  registrations
and applications for registration  thereof,  including,  but not limited to, all
marks registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the trademark
offices of the states and  territories of the United States of America,  and the
trademark offices of other nations  throughout the world, and all rights therein
provided by international treaties or conventions, (e) copyrights (registered or
otherwise) and registrations and applications for registration  thereof, and all
rights therein provided by international  treaties or conventions,  (f) computer
software  including,  without  limitation,  source code,  operating  systems and
specifications,  data,  data bases,  files,  documentation  and other  materials
related thereto,  data and  documentation,  (g) trade secrets and  confidential,
technical and business  information  (including ideas,  formulas,  compositions,
inventions, and conceptions of inventions whether patentable or unpatentable and
whether or not reduced to practice), (h) whether or not confidential, technology
(including know-how and show- how),  manufacturing and production  processes and
techniques,  research and  development  information,  drawings,  specifications,
designs, plans, proposals, technical data, copyrightable works,

                                        8

<PAGE>



financial,  marketing and business data, pricing and cost information,  business
and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information,  (i) copies
and tangible  embodiments of all the foregoing,  in whatever form or medium, (j)
all rights to obtain and rights to apply for patents, and to register trademarks
and  copyrights,  and (k) all rights to sue or recover  and retain  damages  and
costs  and  attorneys  fees  for  present  and past  infringement  of any of the
foregoing.

                  "Interim Financial Statements" has the meaning
specified in Section 3.8(a).

                  "Inventories"  means  all  inventory,   merchandise,  finished
goods,  and raw  materials,  packaging,  supplies  and other  personal  property
related to the  Business  maintained,  held or stored by or for Seller as of the
Closing Date and any prepaid deposits for any of the same.

                  "Investment   Representation   Letter"   means  that   certain
investment  representation  letter in the form attached as Exhibit G which Bryen
is executing  and  delivering  to Inmark  simultaneously  with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement.

                  "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service of the United
States.

                  "Law"  means  any  federal,   state  or  local  statute,  law,
ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, other requirement or rule of law.

                  "Liabilities"   means   any  and  all   Indebtedness,   debts,
liabilities,  obligations,  claims, expenses, Taxes, contracts, accounts payable
or commitments of any kind, character or description,  whether accrued or fixed,
absolute or  contingent,  matured or unmatured or  determined  or  determinable,
including,

                                        9

<PAGE>



without limitation, those arising under any Law (including,  without limitation,
any Environmental Law), Action or Governmental Order and those arising under any
contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or undertaking.

                  "Licensed   Intellectual   Property"  means  all  Intellectual
Property  licensed  or  sublicensed  to  Seller  from a third  party and used in
connection with the Business.

                  "Material Adverse Effect" means any  circumstance,  change in,
or effect on the Business or the Purchased  Assets that,  individually or in the
aggregate  with any other  circumstances,  changes or effects on the Business or
the Purchased Assets (a) is, or is reasonably likely to be,  materially  adverse
to Seller,  the Business or the Purchased  Assets or the  prospects,  results of
operations or the condition  (financial or otherwise) of Seller, the Business or
the Purchased Assets or (b) is reasonably likely to adversely affect the ability
of  Purchaser  to operate or conduct  the  Business in the manner in which it is
currently operated or conducted by Seller;  provided,  however, that the effects
of general economic conditions or the loss of customers or decline of customers'
orders shall not be deemed a Material  Adverse  Effect except to the extent that
the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.24 are breached.

                  "Material Contracts" has the meaning specified in
Section 3.19(a).

                  "MCI" means MCI Worldcom, Inc.

                  "MCI   Liability"   means  any  and  all  amounts  payable  or
contingently  payable by Seller to MCI and/or any entitled awardee in connection
with MCI's 1997 promotional program.


                                       10

<PAGE>



                  "Owned Intellectual  Property" means all Intellectual Property
in and to which Seller holds, or has a right to hold, right,  title and interest
and used, or held for use, in connection with the Business.

                  "Permits" has the meaning specified in Section 3.18(a).

                  "Permitted  Encumbrances"  means such of the  following  as to
which no  enforcement,  collection,  execution,  levy or foreclosure  proceeding
shall have been commenced:  (a) liens for taxes,  assessments  and  governmental
charges or levies not yet due and payable  which are not in excess of the amount
accrued  therefor  on  the  balance  sheet  included  in the  Interim  Financial
Statements; (b) Encumbrances imposed by law, such as materialmen's,  mechanics',
carriers',  workmen's and  repairmen's  liens and other similar liens arising in
the ordinary course of business  securing  obligations  that (i) are not overdue
for a period  of more  than 30 days and (ii) are not in  excess of $5,000 in the
case of a single  property or $50,000 in the aggregate at any time;  (c) pledges
or deposits to secure  obligations  under workers'  compensation laws or similar
legislation or to secure public or statutory  obligations;  and (d) minor survey
exceptions,  reciprocal easement agreements and other customary  encumbrances on
title  to real  property  that  (i) were not  incurred  in  connection  with any
Indebtedness,  (ii) do not  render  title  to the  property  encumbered  thereby
unmarketable  and (iii) do not,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  materially
adversely  affect  the  value  or use of  such  property  for  its  current  and
anticipated purposes.

                  "Person" means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation,
association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.


                                       11

<PAGE>



                  "Pre-Tax  Earnings"  means the net income of Seller and, after
the Closing, Purchaser,  calculated on the same basis as net income is reflected
in  Seller's  Audited  Financial  Statements  referred  to in  Section  3.8  but
calculated before deduction of any amounts payable on account of federal,  state
or local Taxes based on or measured by income. In determining  Pre-Tax Earnings,
there shall not be deducted  as an expense  (a) any amounts  payable  under this
Agreement  (including,  but not  limited  to, the  Purchase  Price and any other
amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.4) and any legal, accounting or other fees
or expenses and any deferred  financing  costs  incurred in connection  with the
negotiation and consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
or the Related Documents (but excluding any such expenses incurred in the normal
course of business  following  the  Closing),  (b) any charges for  corporate or
administrative overhead or management, consulting or other services of Inmark or
any  Affiliate  or any  of  their  employees  or  consultants  (other  than  for
management,  consulting or other services  provided  specifically  to Purchaser,
which may be deducted as an expense),  or (c) any interest  charges in excess of
the actual interest cost to Inmark or any Affiliate of any money actually loaned
to  Purchaser  or  advanced  to or on behalf of  Purchaser  as working  capital.
Purchaser  shall  compute  the  amount  of  Pre-Tax   Earnings  as  promptly  as
practicable after the end of the applicable  period.  Purchaser shall deliver to
Seller  and  the  Shareholder  a  notice  (the  "Payment  Notice")  showing  (in
reasonable  detail) the computation of Pre-Tax  Earnings and including a copy of
the  financial   information  used  in  making  such  computation.   Purchaser's
computation of Pre-Tax  Earnings for each period shall be binding on the parties
to this  Agreement  unless,  within 30 days  following  receipt  of the  Payment
Notice, Seller or the Shareholder gives to Purchaser notice (a "Dispute Notice")
that it disagrees with the Payment Notice.  Seller and the Shareholder  shall be
given full access  (including the right to make copies) to Purchaser's books and
records during business hours to review

                                       12

<PAGE>



or audit  Purchaser's  computation.  If the parties  shall fail to resolve their
dispute within 15 days thereafter, Purchaser and Seller or the Shareholder shall
request a firm of independent certified public accountants mutually agreeable to
the  parties  to  compute  the amount of  Pre-Tax  Earnings  for such  period as
promptly as possible (and no later than 30 days  thereafter),  which computation
shall be binding on the parties to this  Agreement.  If the parties cannot agree
on such an accounting  firm,  then a "Big Five" national  accounting firm (other
than any firm that is rendering or has rendered  services to Inmark,  Purchaser,
Seller,  the Shareholder or any of their Affiliates during the five prior years)
shall be  selected  by lottery  until one such firm is  willing  to compute  the
Pre-Tax Earnings for such period for purposes of this Agreement.  The expense of
any such accounting  firm shall be borne equally by Purchaser,  on the one hand,
and Seller and or/the Shareholder, on the other hand.

                  "Purchase Price"  has the meaning specified in
Section 2.4.

                  "Purchased Assets" has the meaning specified in
Section 2.1.

                  "Purchaser" has the meaning specified in the preamble
to this Agreement.

                  "Purchaser Indemnitee" has the meaning specified in
Section 6.2(a).

                  "Real  Property"  means the real property  leased by Seller as
tenant,  and used in connection with the Business,  together with, to the extent
leased by Seller all buildings and other structures,  facilities or improvements
currently or hereafter  located  thereon and all fixtures of Seller  attached or
appurtenant thereto and used in connection with the Business.

                                       13

<PAGE>



                  "Regulations"  means  the  Treasury   Regulations   (including
proposed or Temporary  Regulations)  promulgated by the United States Department
of Treasury with respect to the Code or other federal tax statutes.

                  "Related Documents" means the agreements and other instruments
and documents to be executed by Seller, the Shareholder, Purchaser and/or Inmark
in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement.

                  "S&S" means Schieffelin & Somerset Co.

                  "S&S  Contract"  means  that  certain  agreement,  dated as of
January 1, 1996, by and between S&S and Seller.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

                  "Seller" has the meaning specified in the preamble to
this Agreement.

                  "Seller Indemnitee" has the meaning specified in
Section 6.2(b).

                  "Seller Plans" has the meaning specified in Section
3.26.
                  "Shareholder" has the meaning specified in the preamble
to this Agreement.

                  "Subsidiary"  means a corporation,  limited liability company,
partnership,  joint  venture,  association  or other entity in which the Company
owns, of record or beneficially, any direct or indirect equity or other interest
or any right (contingent or otherwise) to acquire the same.


                                       14

<PAGE>



                  "Tangible  Personal  Property"  means  machinery,   equipment,
tools, supplies, furniture,  fixtures,  personalty,  vehicles, rolling stock and
other  tangible  personal  property  owned or leased  by  Seller  for use in the
Business.

                  "Tax"  or  "Taxes"  means  any and all  taxes,  fees,  levies,
duties,  tariffs,  imposts, and other charges of any kind (together with any and
all interest,  penalties,  additions to tax and additional  amounts imposed with
respect  thereto)  imposed by any  government  or taxing  authority,  including,
without  limitation:  taxes or  other  charges  on or with  respect  to  income,
franchises,  windfall or other profits,  gross receipts,  property,  sales, use,
capital stock,  payroll,  employment,  social security,  workers'  compensation,
unemployment compensation, or net worth; taxes or other charges in the nature of
excise,  withholding,  ad valorem, stamp, transfer, value added, or gains taxes;
license,  registration and documentation fees; and customs duties,  tariffs, and
similar charges.

                  "U.S. GAAP" means United States generally accepted
accounting principles and practices as in effect during the
relevant period and applied consistently throughout the periods
involved.




                                       15

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 2

                           PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS


                  2.1  Purchase  and  Sale of  Assets.  Simultaneously  with the
execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  Seller is  assigning,  transferring,
selling,  conveying and delivering to Purchaser, and Purchaser is purchasing and
acquiring from Seller, free and clear of all Encumbrances  (except for Permitted
Encumbrances),  all  of  Seller's  right,  title  and  interest  in  and  to the
properties, assets and rights comprising or used in the Business, other than the
Excluded  Assets  (collectively,  the "Purchased  Assets"),  including,  without
limitation:

                           (a)      Cash.  All investment securities, cash on
hand or in transit and in bank accounts, and cash equivalents of
Seller.

                           (b)      Accounts Receivable.  All billed or unbilled
costs and accounts,  notes,  fees,  commissions and all other billed or unbilled
receivables  payable or to be payable to Seller,  whether prior, on or after the
Closing Date.

                           (c)      Assigned Contracts.  All leases for real and
personal property, employee contracts, customer contracts, franchise agreements,
technology,  license and  know-how  agreements,  and to the extent  permitted by
applicable law, all rights under any written or oral contract, agreement, lease,
plan, instrument,  registration, license, certificate of occupancy, other permit
or approval of any nature, or other document, commitment,  arrangement, practice
or authorization relating to the Business including,  without limitation,  those
listed on Schedule 2.1(c) hereto (all of which contracts, orders,

                                       16

<PAGE>



agreements, permits and leases are hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "Assigned Contracts").

                           (d)      Intellectual Property.  All Owned
Intellectual Property and all Licensed Intellectual Property, including, without
limitation, that listed on Schedule 2.1(d) hereto.

                           (e)      Name and Goodwill.  The name "U.S. Concepts,
Inc." and all goodwill associated therewith or with the Business.

                           (f)      Records.  All books, records and files or
other documentation relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business (other than
as set forth in Section 2.2(b)),  including  without  limitation,  all (i) sales
promotion  materials,  (ii) client lists and  telephone  numbers with respect to
past,  present or prospective  clients and customers of the Business and related
sales and  credit  records,  (iii)  inventory,  maintenance  and  asset  history
records, and (iv) employee lists and telephone numbers used in the Business.

                           (g)      Proceeds of Insurance Policies. All proceeds
of insurance policies relating to the Purchased Assets and the
Business.

                           (h)      Tangible Personal Property and Fixtures. All
Tangible Personal Property  (including  Seller's  telephone  system),  leasehold
improvements  and other fixed assets used in the  Business,  including,  without
limitation,  the assets listed and described on Schedule 2.1(h) hereto,  and all
of Seller's rights to its telephone number.

                           (i)      Safe Deposit Boxes and Off-Site Storage
Facilities.  All safe deposit boxes and off-site storage

                                       17

<PAGE>



facilities used in the Business,  including, without limitation, those listed on
Schedule 2.1(i) hereto.

                           (j)      Real Property.  All Real Property including,
without limitation, that listed on Schedule 2.1(j) hereto.

                           (k)      Inventories and Supplies.  All Inventories
and office and other supplies used in the Business, wherever
located.

                  2.2 Excluded Assets. The Purchased Assets exclude,  and Seller
is retaining  all of its right,  title and interest in and to all of, and is not
transferring to Purchaser, only the following (the "Excluded Assets"):

                           (a)      CFM Partners Receivable.  Amounts receivable
from CFM Partners to the extent not in excess of $323,240.

                           (b)      Corporate Documents.  Any interest in and to
the  capital  stock of Seller  and all minute  books,  stock  books,  income tax
records, and similar corporate records of Seller.

                           (c)      This Agreement.  All rights of Seller under
this Agreement or any Related Documents to which Seller is a
party.

                           (d)      Certain Assets.  The assets listed on
Schedule 2.2.

                  2.3 Assumption of Liabilities.  Upon and subject to the terms,
conditions,  representations  and  warranties  contained  herein,  Purchaser  is
assuming and agreeing to pay,  perform and discharge when due only (a) all trade
accounts  payable  and accrued  expenses  of Seller  that arose in the  ordinary
course of business of Seller and are set forth in the Interim Financial

                                       18

<PAGE>



Statements,  (b) all trade accounts  payable and accrued expenses of Seller that
have arisen or arise after the date of the Interim  Financial  Statements in the
ordinary  course of business of Seller,  (c) all obligations of Seller under the
agreements,  contracts,  leases, licenses, and other arrangements referred to in
the definition of Assigned Contracts either (i) to furnish goods and services to
another  Person  on and  after  the  Closing  Date or (ii) to pay for  goods and
services that another  Person will furnish to it after the Closing Date, (d) all
Indebtedness  of Seller to The  Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  N.A.  reflected  in the
Interim  Financial  Statements or arising in the ordinary  course of business of
Seller after the date of the Interim Financial  Statements,  (e) all obligations
to and on behalf of former employees of Seller who become employees of Purchaser
that arise in the ordinary course of business on and after the Closing Date, (f)
Indebtedness  of Seller to the  Shareholder  as of the  Closing  in a  principal
amount not in excess of $189,609,  (g) the  obligations  contemplated by Section
7.5(c),  and (h) those  Liabilities of Seller relating to the Business which are
reflected in the Interim Financial Statements (the "Assumed Liabilities") and no
other  Liabilities of Seller.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
Purchaser is not assuming  the MCI  Liability or any  liability of Seller or the
Shareholder,  now existing or hereafter arising,  for Taxes except to the extent
set forth on Schedule 2.3, and the term "Assumed  Liabilities" shall not include
any of the same.

                  2.4 Purchase  Price.  (a) The purchase price for the Purchased
Assets (the "Purchase  Price") is (i) $1,410,000 in cash,  (ii) 30,000 newly and
validly  issued,   fully  paid  and  nonassessable   Inmark  Shares,  and  (iii)
Purchaser's  assumption of the Assumed Liabilities.  The Purchase Price shall be
paid to Seller.  Seller  hereby  acknowledges  the receipt  and  delivery of the
Purchase Price.


                                       19

<PAGE>



                           (b)      (i) In addition to the Purchase Price which
Purchaser is paying to Seller at the Closing,  Purchaser shall pay to Seller the
following amounts (the "Additional Purchase Price"):

                    (A) with respect to the twenty-four month
period  commencing on the Earnout  Commencement Date and ending on the day prior
to the second anniversary of the Earnout  Commencement Date, if Pre-Tax Earnings
equal or exceed $1,892,000,  Purchaser shall pay to Seller, on a prorated basis,
$33,333 for each $23,650 of Pre-Tax Earnings in excess of $1,892,000;  provided,
however,  that the payment pursuant to this clause (A) shall not exceed $500,000
;

                   (B) with respect to the twelve-month period
commencing on the second anniversary of the Earnout Commencement Date and ending
on the day prior to the third anniversary of the Earnout  Commencement  Date, if
Pre-Tax Earnings equal or exceed $1,164,000, Purchaser shall pay to Seller, on a
prorated  basis,  $33,333  for each  $14,550  of Pre-Tax  Earnings  in excess of
$1,164,000;  provided,  however,  that the  payment  pursuant to this clause (B)
shall not exceed $500,000;

                   (C) with respect to the twelve-month period
commencing on the third anniversary of the Earnout  Commencement Date and ending
on the day prior to the fourth anniversary of the Earnout  Commencement Date, if
Pre-Tax Earnings equal or exceed $1,338,400, Purchaser shall pay to Seller, on a
prorated  basis,  $66,667  for each  $16,730  of Pre-Tax  Earnings  in excess of
$1,338,400;  provided,  however,  that the  payment  pursuant to this clause (C)
shall not exceed  $1,000,000 (as such amount may be adjusted pursuant to Section
2.4(b)(ii));

                    (D) with respect to the four-year period
commencing on the Earnout Commencement Date and ending on the day

                                       20

<PAGE>



prior to the fourth  anniversary  of the Earnout  Commencement  Date,  Purchaser
shall pay to Seller,  on a prorated  basis,  $33,333 for each $57,670 of Pre-Tax
Earnings in excess of $5,767,000;  provided,  however, that the payment pursuant
to this  clause (D) shall not exceed  $500,000  (as such  amount may be adjusted
pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(ii)).

                           (ii)      Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
2.4(b)(i),  the total maximum amount payable by Seller to Purchaser  pursuant to
clauses (C) and (D) of Section  2.4(b)(i) shall be reduced by an amount equal to
50,000 multiplied by 50 percent of the exercise price of the options to purchase
an aggregate of 50,000 shares of Inmark Common Stock granted to the  Shareholder
and Bryen at the Closing.

                           (iii)  In the event that Seller has not earned the
maximum payment of Additional Purchase Price pursuant to clauses (A), (B) or (C)
(as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(ii)),  Seller shall be
entitled to earn the difference between $2,000,000  (reduced pursuant to Section
2.4(b)(ii))  and the amount paid to Seller  pursuant to clauses (A), (B) and (C)
if  Pre-Tax  Earnings  for  the  four-year  period  commencing  on  the  Earnout
Commencement  Date and ending on the day prior to the fourth  anniversary of the
Earnout Commencement Date equal or exceed $5,493,000.

                           (iv)      Purchaser shall pay to Seller each
installment of Additional  Purchase Price payable pursuant to Section  2.4(b)(i)
no  later  than 90 days  after  the  conclusion  of the  period  to  which  such
installment relates and payable pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(iii) no later than 90
days after the fourth  anniversary  of the  Earnout  Commencement  Date.  If any
amount of the Additional  Purchase Price is not paid when due under this Section
2.4,  Purchaser  shall be liable for (A) interest on the amount  unpaid from its
due date until paid at the rate of eight

                                       21

<PAGE>



percent per annum, and (B) all reasonable expenses of collection, including, but
not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and court costs.

                           (v) Seller may elect to receive up to 50% of any
installment of Additional  Purchase Price payable  pursuant to Section 2.4(b) in
newly and validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable  shares of Inmark Common
Stock,  the number of which shall be  determined  by  dividing  the value of the
payment to be received in Inmark  Common  Shares by 85% of the average,  for the
five business days  immediately  preceding the date of payment by Purchaser,  of
the quoted  market  closing price of Inmark Common Stock on the NASDAQ System or
such other  principal  securities  exchange on which the Inmark  Common Stock is
listed or  admitted to  trading,  or if the Common  Shares are not quoted on the
NASDAQ System or listed or admitted to trading on any such securities  exchange,
of the closing bid price as  furnished  by the  National  Quotation  Bureau or a
similar  organization if NASDAQ is no longer reporting such  information,  or if
such  information  is no longer being provided with respect to the Inmark Common
Stock,  then as determined  in good faith by written  resolution of the Board of
Directors of Inmark based on the best information  available to it. Seller shall
exercise its election by delivering  notice to Purchaser  within five days after
final  determination  of the amount of such  installment of Additional  Purchase
Price.

                  (c) Within 45 days  after the  Closing  Date,  Seller and the
Shareholder  shall  deliver to Purchaser and Inmark a balance sheet of Seller as
at  December  31,  1998 and the  related  statements  of income  and  changes in
financial position from the date of the Interim Financial Statements to December
31, 1998,  together with all related notes and schedules  thereto,  certified by
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP in accordance with U.S. GAAP  (collectively,  the "Closing
Date  Financial  Statements").  In  the  event  that  Seller's  and  Purchaser's
aggregate Pre-Tax Earnings

                                       22

<PAGE>



for calendar year 1998 as shown on the Closing Date Financial  Statements and as
adjusted for the MCI Liability,  results in a loss for the period from September
30, 1998  through  December  31, 1998 in excess of $25,000,  Seller shall pay to
Purchaser,  within 10 Business Days after delivery of the Closing Date Financial
Statements to Seller and the Shareholder,  as a reduction of the Purchase Price,
an amount equal to $7.50 for each $1.00 of loss in excess of $25,000;  provided,
however,  that any amounts owed by Seller to Purchaser  pursuant to this Section
2.4(c) may be satisfied, to the extent Purchaser is indebted to the Shareholder,
by cancellation of Indebtedness of Purchaser to the Shareholder.

                  2.5 Allocation of Purchase  Price.  Purchaser and Seller agree
(i) the Purchase  Price shall be  allocated  among the  Purchased  Assets in the
manner  required by Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.1060-1T(d) on IRS Form 8594
(Asset  Acquisition  Statement  Under Section 1060) based on the respective fair
market  values as of the  Closing  Date of the  assets  set forth  therein to be
included as Class I, II, III and IV assets;  (ii) the fair  market  value of the
Purchased Assets set forth on IRS Form 8594,  unless  otherwise  subjected to an
independent  appraisal,  (x)  with  respect  to the  Purchased  Assets  that are
reflected  on the books of Seller  (the  "Book  Assets"),  shall be the net book
value of such assets as of the Closing Date as determined on application of U.S.
GAAP for  presentation  on  Seller's  balance  sheet,  (y) with  respect  to the
Purchased Assets that are not Book Assets (the "Non-Book  Assets") shall, in the
aggregate,  be the excess of the Purchase Price of all the Purchased Assets less
the portion of the Purchase  Price  allocated  to the Book Assets,  and (z) with
respect  to the  individual  Non-Book  Assets,  shall be  based on a  reasonable
allocation  of the portion of the  Purchase  Price that is allocated to Non-Book
Assets;  (iii) the  allocation  set forth on IRS Form 8594  shall be  binding on
Purchaser and Seller for all federal, state and local tax purposes and Purchaser
and Seller

                                       23

<PAGE>



shall file  consistent IRS Forms 8594 with their  respective  federal income tax
returns;  (iv) Purchaser shall prepare its IRS Form 8594 and provide Seller with
a copy so as to enable  Seller to  prepare  its IRS Form 8594 on a timely  basis
consistent  with that of  Purchaser;  and (v) Seller will assist  Purchaser  and
provide Purchaser with any information  reasonably  necessary for the completion
of IRS Form 8594.

                  2.6      Failure to Obtain Consents and Approvals.  In the
                           ----------------------------------------
event that any consent required with respect to any contract or
agreement to be assigned to Purchaser cannot be obtained prior to
the Closing Date, Seller shall subcontract all of its obligations
to perform under such contract to Purchaser.  The cost of
performing each such subcontract shall be borne by Purchaser and
Seller shall deliver to Purchaser all revenues earned under each
such contract.  Upon the receipt of the necessary third party
consent, Seller shall assign the relevant contract to Purchaser.
No additional consideration shall be paid for such assignment.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute an
assignment of or an attempt to assign any contract or other
agreement to which Seller is a party if the attempted assignment
thereof without the consent of the other party to such contract
or agreement would constitute a breach thereof or affect in any
way the rights of Seller (or Purchaser) thereunder.




                                       24

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE 3

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                          OF SELLER AND THE SHAREHOLDER

                           Seller and the Shareholder jointly and severally
represent and warrant to Purchaser and Inmark as follows:

                  3.1  Organization  and  Qualification  of Seller.  Seller is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws
of the State of New York.  Seller has all necessary  power and authority to own,
operate or lease the properties  and assets now owned,  operated or leased by it
and to carry on the Business as it has been and is currently  conducted.  Seller
is duly  licensed or qualified  to do business  and is in good  standing in each
jurisdiction  in which the properties  owned or leased by it or the operation of
the  Business  makes  such   licensing  or   qualification   necessary,   except
jurisdictions  where such failure to qualify will either  result in a penalty of
less than  $1,000,  can be cured at a cost of less than $1,000 or will result in
no liability to Purchaser.  Each jurisdiction in which Seller is qualified to do
business as a foreign  corporation  is listed on Schedule  3.1. True and correct
copies of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-laws of Seller,  each as in
effect on the date hereof, have been delivered by Seller to Purchaser.

                  3.2 Authority; Due Execution;  Binding Obligation.  (a) Seller
has all necessary  power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and
the  Related  Documents  to which it is a party,  to carry  out its  obligations
hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions  contemplated hereby
and  thereby.  The  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement  and the Related
Documents by Seller, the performance by Seller of its obligations  hereunder and
thereunder and the consummation by Seller of the

                                       25

<PAGE>



transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby have been duly  authorized by all
requisite action on the part of Seller.

                           (b)  The Shareholder has full legal capacity to
execute and deliver this  Agreement  and the Related  Documents to which he is a
party, to carry out his  obligations  hereunder and thereunder and to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

                           (c)  This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by Seller and the Shareholder.  Assuming due authorization,  execution
and  delivery  by  Purchaser  and  Inmark  of  this  Agreement,  this  Agreement
constitutes a legal,  valid and binding obligation of Seller and the Shareholder
enforceable  against Seller and the  Shareholder  in accordance  with its terms,
except  as  such  enforcement  may be  subject  to (a)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar  laws now or  hereafter in effect
relating to creditors'  rights  generally  and (b) general  principles of equity
(regardless of whether such  enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity
or at law).

                  3.3 Capital Stock of Seller. All of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital  stock of Seller are owned of record and  beneficially  by the
Shareholder  as set forth on Schedule 3.3. No Person other than the  Shareholder
has any interest in the issued or unissued capital stock of Seller.  None of the
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Seller was issued in violation
of any preemptive rights.

                  3.4  Subsidiaries  and Affiliates.  There are no corporations,
limited liability companies, partnerships, joint ventures, associations or other
entities in which Seller owns, of record or beneficially, any direct or indirect
equity or other  interest or any right  (contingent or otherwise) to acquire the
same. Neither Seller nor the Shareholder is a member or

                                       26

<PAGE>



participant  in or  Affiliate of any  corporation,  limited  liability  company,
partnership,  joint  venture or similar  arrangement  which is  involved  in the
conduct of the Business.

                  3.5  Corporate  Books and Records.  The minute books of Seller
contain accurate records of all meetings and accurately  reflect all proceedings
of the  stockholders,  Boards of Directors  and all  committees of the Boards of
Directors of Seller.  Complete and accurate  copies of all such minute books and
of the stock  certificate  book of Seller  have been  provided  by Seller to the
Purchaser.

                  3.6  No  Conflict.  Assuming  that  all  consents,  approvals,
authorizations and other actions described in Section 3.7 have been obtained and
all filings and  notifications  listed on Schedule 3.7 have been made, except as
may result  from any facts or  circumstances  relating  solely to  Purchaser  or
Inmark,  the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement  and the
Related Documents by Seller and the Shareholder do not and will not (a) violate,
conflict  with or result in the breach of any  provision of the  certificate  of
incorporation  or by-laws of Seller,  (b) conflict  with or violate (or cause an
event which may  reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect as a
result  thereof)  any Law or  Governmental  Order  applicable  to  Seller or the
Shareholder  or  any of  their  respective  assets,  properties  or  businesses,
including,  without  limitation,  the  Business  or (c)  except  as set forth on
Schedule 3.6 conflict  with,  result in any breach of,  constitute a default (or
event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both,  would become a
default)  under,  require  any  consent  under,  or give to others any rights of
termination, amendment, acceleration, suspension, revocation or cancellation of,
or result in the  creation of any  Encumbrance  on any of the  Purchased  Assets
pursuant to, (i) any note,  bond,  mortgage or indenture,  contract,  agreement,
lease, sublease, license, permit, franchise or other

                                       27

<PAGE>



instrument or  arrangement  to which Seller or the  Shareholder is a party or by
which  any of the  Purchased  Assets  is  bound or  affected  or (ii) any law or
statute  or any  judgment,  decree,  order,  regulation  or rule of any court or
governmental or regulatory  authority relating to Seller, the Shareholder or the
Business.

                  3.7  Governmental  Consents  and  Approvals.   The  execution,
delivery and  performance of this Agreement and the Related  Documents by Seller
and  the  Shareholder  do not  and  will  not  require  any  consent,  approval,
authorization  or other order of, action by, filing with or  notification to any
Governmental Authority, except as described on Schedule 3.7.

                  3.8  Financial  Information,  Books and Records and  Operating
Data. (a) Seller has delivered to Purchaser true and complete  copies of (i) the
unaudited  balance sheet of the Business for each of the four fiscal years ended
as of December 31, 1994,  December 31, 1995,  December 31, 1996 and December 31,
1997,  and the  related  unaudited  statements  of income  and cash flows of the
Business,  together with all related notes and schedules  thereto  (collectively
referred to herein as the "Financial Statements"),  and (ii) the audited balance
sheet  of the  Business  as of  September  30,  1998,  and the  related  audited
statements of income and cash flows of the  Business,  together with all related
notes and  schedules  thereto  (collectively  referred to herein as the "Interim
Financial  Statements").  The  Financial  Statements  and the Interim  Financial
Statements  (i) were prepared in accordance  with the books of account and other
financial  records of the  Business,  (ii) present in all material  respects the
results of  operation  of the  Business  as of the date  thereof for the periods
covered  thereby,  (iii) have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP applied
on a basis  consistent  with the past practices of the Business and (iv) include
all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) that

                                       28

<PAGE>



are necessary for a fair  presentation in all material respects of the financial
condition of the Business and the results of the  operations  of the Business as
of the dates thereof or for the periods covered thereby.

                           (b)      The books of account and other financial
records of the  Business:  (i)  reflect  all items of income and expense and all
assets and Liabilities  required to be reflected therein in accordance with U.S.
GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the past practices of the Business,  and
(ii) are in all material  respects  complete and correct,  and do not contain or
reflect any material inaccuracies or discrepancies.

                           (c)      There are no Liabilities of Seller, or
existing  conditions which could reasonably be expected to result in Liabilities
of Seller,  other  than as (i)  reflected  or  reserved  against on the  Interim
Financial Statements or (ii) disclosed on Schedule 3.8, or (iii) incurred in the
ordinary  course of Seller's  business  since the date of the Interim  Financial
Statements.

                  3.9 Title.  Except as otherwise  identified  on Schedule  3.9,
Seller has, and pursuant to this Agreement will convey, sell,  transfer,  assign
and deliver to Purchaser, good, valid, marketable, legal and beneficial title to
all of the  Purchased  Assets,  free and clear of all  Encumbrances  except  for
Permitted Encumbrances. There are no outstanding options, warrants, commitments,
agreements or any other rights of any character,  entitling any person or entity
other  than  Purchaser  to  acquire  any  interest  in all,  or any part of, the
Purchased Assets. All Seller's leasehold or other executory  interests in and to
the Purchased Assets are fully and freely assignable to Purchaser, except as set
forth on Schedule 3.9.


                                       29

<PAGE>



                  3.10 Solvency and Payment of Liabilities. Seller is not on the
date  hereof,  nor will it be on the  Closing  Date,  either  as a result of the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement or otherwise,  insolvent,  as such
term is defined in the Title 11  Bankruptcy  of the  United  States  Code or any
state statute  relating to insolvency;  the sum of its debts is not greater than
all of its property on the date hereof nor will it be on the Closing Date either
as a result of the transactions  contemplated hereby or otherwise;  and it is on
the date hereof,  and will be after the Closing  Date,  able to pay its debts as
they mature.

                  3.11 Inventories.  (a) Subject to amounts reserved therefor on
the balance sheet included in the Interim  Financial  Statements,  the values at
which all Inventories  owned by Seller are carried on the balance sheet included
in the Interim Financial  Statements reflect the historical  inventory valuation
policy  of the  Business  of  stating  such  Inventories  at the  lower  of cost
(determined  on the last-in,  first-out  method) or market value.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 3.11,  Seller has good and marketable title to the Inventories
free and clear of all  Encumbrances.  The  Inventories do not consist of, in any
material amount, items that are obsolete or damaged.

                           (b)  The Inventories are in good and merchantable
condition in all material respects and are suitable and usable
for the purposes for which they are intended.

                  3.12 Acquired  Assets.  Except as disclosed on Schedule  3.12,
each asset of the Business  (including,  without limitation,  the benefit of any
licenses, leases or other agreements or arrangements) acquired since the date of
the Interim  Financial  Statements has been acquired for  consideration not less
than the fair market value of such asset at the date of such acquisition.


                                       30

<PAGE>



                  3.13 Unrecorded Contract Billings and Related Costs. (a) As of
the date of the Interim  Financial  Statements,  there were no unbilled  amounts
owing to Seller pursuant to Assigned Contracts in progress,  and, as of the date
immediately preceding the date hereof, unbilled amounts owing to Seller pursuant
to Assigned Contracts in progress totalled approximately $35,000.

                           (b)  As of the date of the Interim Financial
Statements,  there were no accounts payable and liabilities accrued with respect
to the unbilled Assigned Contracts in progress,  and, as of the date immediately
preceding the date hereof, liabilities for costs and expenses to be incurred and
recorded as either accounts payable or accrued  liabilities  related to unbilled
contracts totalled approximately $30,000.

                  3.14  Conduct  in the  Ordinary  Course;  Absence  of  Certain
Changes, Events and Conditions. Except as disclosed on the Financial Statements,
the  Interim  Financial  Statements  or Schedule  3.14,  the  Business  has been
conducted in the ordinary  course and  consistent  with past practice  since the
date  of  such  Financial  Statements  and  Interim  Financial  Statements.   As
amplification  and not limitation of the  foregoing,  except as disclosed on the
Financial  Statements,  the Interim Financial Statements or Schedule 3.14, since
the date of the  Interim  Financial  Statements  Seller  has not,  except in the
ordinary course of business, in connection with the Business:

                           (i) permitted or allowed any of the Purchased  Assets
                  (whether  tangible  or  intangible)  to be  subjected  to  any
                  Encumbrance,  which  has not been  released  prior to the date
                  hereof, other than Permitted Encumbrances;

                           (ii) discharged or otherwise  obtained the release of
                  any Encumbrance or paid or otherwise  discharged any Liability
                  other than current liabilities reflected on

                                       31

<PAGE>



                  the balance sheet included in the Interim Financial Statements
                  and current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of the
                  Business  consistent  with past practice since the date of the
                  Interim Financial Statements;

                           (iii)  failed to pay any creditor any amount owed
                  to such creditor when due;

                           (iv)  made  any  material  changes  in the  customary
                  methods of  operations  of the  Business,  including,  without
                  limitation,  practices  and  policies  relating to  marketing,
                  selling,  pricing,  purchasing,  Inventories or performance of
                  any obligations Seller may have to clients or customers;

                           (v) merged with, entered into a consolidation with or
                  acquired any interest in any Person or acquired any  operating
                  assets or  business  of any Person or any  division or line of
                  business  thereof,  or otherwise  acquired any material assets
                  other than in the ordinary  course of the Business  consistent
                  with past practice;

                           (vi)  made,  in  connection  with the  Business,  any
                  capital  expenditure or commitment for any capital expenditure
                  in excess of $25,000 individually or $50,000 in the aggregate;

                           (vii) issued,  in connection  with the Business,  any
                  sales  orders  or  otherwise  agreed  to  make  any  purchases
                  involving exchanges in value in excess of $25,000 individually
                  or $50,000 in the aggregate;

                           (viii)  sold, transferred, leased, subleased,
                  licensed or otherwise disposed of any properties or

                                       32

<PAGE>



                  assets, real, personal or mixed (including, without
                  limitation, leasehold interests and intangible assets);

                           (ix) except for the transactions contemplated hereby,
                  entered into any agreement,  arrangement  or transaction  with
                  any of its directors,  officers, employees or shareholders (or
                  with any  relative,  beneficiary,  spouse or Affiliate of such
                  Person) in connection with or relating to the Business;

                           (x)  (A)  granted  any  increase,  or  announced  any
                  increase,  in  the  wages,  salaries,  compensation,  bonuses,
                  incentives, pension or other benefits payable by Seller to any
                  of  its  employees  in  connection  with  or  relating  to the
                  Business,  including,  without  limitation,  any  increase  or
                  change pursuant to any Plan or (B) established or increased or
                  promised to increase any benefits under any Plan;

                           (xi) amended,  terminated,  cancelled or  compromised
                  any material claims of Seller relating to the Business;

                           (xii)  made any change in any method of accounting
                  or accounting practice or policy used by Seller
                  relating to the Business, other than such changes
                  required by U.S. GAAP;

                           (xiii)  failed to maintain  the  Purchased  Assets in
                  good  operating  condition and repair,  ordinary wear and tear
                  excepted;

                           (xiv) allowed any Permit or Environmental Permit that
                  was issued or relates to the Business to lapse or terminate or
                  failed to renew any such Permit or

                                       33

<PAGE>



                  Environmental   Permit  or  any  insurance  policy  issued  or
                  relating to the  Business  that is  scheduled  to terminate or
                  expire  within 45 calendar days of the Closing Date except for
                  expiring  insurance  policies  that are replaced  with similar
                  policies;

                           (xv)   amended,   modified   or   consented   to  the
                  termination  of  any  Material  Contract  or  Seller's  rights
                  thereunder;

                           (xvi)    disclosed   any   secret   or   confidential
                  Intellectual  Property relating to the Business (except by way
                  of issuance of a patent) or permitted to lapse or go abandoned
                  any  Intellectual  Property  relating to the  Business (or any
                  registration  or grant  thereof  or any  application  relating
                  thereto)  to which,  or under  which,  Seller  has any  right,
                  title, interest or license;

                           (xvii)  suffered  any  casualty  loss or damage  with
                  respect to any of the Purchased  Assets which in the aggregate
                  have a replacement cost of more than $100,000,  whether or not
                  such loss or damage shall have been covered by insurance;

                           (xviii)  suffered any Material Adverse Effect
                  relating to the Business; or

                           (xix)  agreed,  whether in writing or  otherwise,  to
                  take any of the  actions  specified  in this  Section  3.14 or
                  granted  any  options to  purchase,  rights of first  refusal,
                  rights  of  first  offer  or  any  other  similar   rights  or
                  commitments  with  respect to any of the actions  specified in
                  this Section 3.14,  except as expressly  contemplated  by this
                  Agreement.

                                       34

<PAGE>



                  3.15 Litigation.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15 (which,
with respect to each Action disclosed therein, sets forth the parties, nature of
the  proceeding,  date and method  commenced,  amount of damages or other relief
sought and, if applicable,  paid or granted), there are no Actions by or against
Seller, or affecting any of the Purchased Assets or the Business, pending or, to
the best  knowledge  of Seller and the  Shareholder,  threatened.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 3.15, there are no Actions against the Shareholder relating to
the Purchased Assets or the Business pending, or to the best knowledge of Seller
and the  Shareholder,  threatened.  To the  best  knowledge  of  Seller  and the
Shareholder there are no facts or circumstances that may give rise to any of the
foregoing.  None  of the  matters  disclosed  on  Schedule  3.15  has  had or is
reasonably  expected  to have a  Material  Adverse  Effect or could  affect  the
legality,  validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Related Documents
or the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby or thereby.  Except
as set forth on Schedule 3.15, none of Seller, the Shareholder,  the Business or
any of the Purchased  Assets is subject to any  Governmental  Order (nor, to the
best knowledge of Seller and the  Shareholder,  are there any such  Governmental
Orders threatened to be imposed by any Governmental  Authority) which has had or
is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  3.16  Certain  Interests.  (a) Except as disclosed on Schedule
3.16(a),  no Shareholder or officer or director of Seller, no relative or spouse
(or relative of such spouse) who resides  with,  or is a dependent  of, any such
Shareholder or officer or director, and no Affiliate of any such person:

                           (i) has any direct or indirect  financial interest in
                  any   competitor,   supplier  or  customer  of  the  Business;
                  provided,   however,   that  the   ownership   of   securities
                  representing no more than one percent of the

                                       35

<PAGE>



                  outstanding  voting  power  of  any  competitor,  supplier  or
                  customer  and which  are  listed  on any  national  securities
                  exchange or traded  actively in the  over-the-counter  market,
                  shall not be deemed to be a  "financial  interest"  so long as
                  the Person owning such  securities has no other  connection or
                  relationship with such competitor, supplier or customer;

                           (ii) owns,  directly  or  indirectly,  in whole or in
                  part, or has any other  interest in any tangible or intangible
                  property  which  Seller uses or has used in the conduct of the
                  Business or otherwise; or

                           (iii)  has  outstanding  any  Indebtedness  to Seller
                  relating to the Business.

                           (b)  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.16(b) and
except  for  obligations  to  make  current  salary  and  expense  reimbursement
payments,  Seller has no Liability or other obligation of any nature  whatsoever
relating  to the  Business to the  Shareholder  or to any  officer,  director or
employee of Seller or to any relative or spouse (or relative of such spouse) who
resides  with,  or is a  dependent  of,  the  Shareholder  or any such  officer,
director or employee.

                  3.17  Compliance  with Laws.  Except as set forth on  Schedule
3.17,  Seller and the  Shareholder  have  conducted  and continue to conduct the
Business in accordance with Seller's  certificate of  incorporation  and by-laws
and with all Laws and Governmental Orders applicable to Seller, the Shareholder,
any of the Purchased  Assets or the Business,  and neither Seller nor any of the
Shareholder is in violation of any such Law or Governmental Order.


                                       36

<PAGE>



                  3.18 Permits and Licenses;  Related Matters.  Schedule 3.18(a)
sets forth a true,  complete  and correct  list of all the health and safety and
other permits, licenses, authorizations,  certificates, exemptions and approvals
of  Governmental  Authorities  (collectively,   "Permits"),  including,  without
limitation,  Environmental Permits, necessary for the current use, occupancy and
operation  of each  Purchased  Asset and the conduct of the  Business.  All such
Permits are in full force and effect.  To the best  knowledge  of Seller and the
Shareholder, the Permits constitute all permits, licenses,  franchises,  orders,
certificates  and approvals  required for the lawful  operation of the Purchased
Assets and the Business.  To the best  knowledge of Seller and the  Shareholder,
there is no  existing  practice,  action or  activity  of Seller and no existing
condition of the  Purchased  Assets or the Business  which will give rise to any
civil or criminal  Liability  under, or violate or prevent  compliance with, any
health or occupational  safety or other  applicable Law. Seller has not received
any notice from any Governmental  Authority  revoking,  cancelling,  rescinding,
materially modifying or refusing to renew any Permit or providing written notice
of  violations  under  any  Law.  To  the  best  knowledge  of  Seller  and  the
Shareholder,  Seller is in all respects in  compliance  with the Permits and the
requirements of the Permits.  Schedule  3.18(b)  identifies all Permits that are
nontransferable or which will require the consent of any Governmental  Authority
in the  event  of the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement.

                  3.19 Material  Contracts.  (a) Except for contracts  listed on
Schedule  3.19(a),  Seller is not a party to any  contract or other  arrangement
(written or oral) which (i) is not terminable  upon not more than 30 days notice
by Seller  without  payment of any  penalty  or  premium or (ii)  imposes or may
impose on Seller a duty,  liability or obligation  involving  more than $25,000.
Seller and the Shareholder have caused to be delivered

                                       37

<PAGE>



to  Purchaser  and Inmark  correct and  complete  copies (or in the case of oral
contracts or informal arrangements,  summaries thereof) of all of the contracts,
and all  amendments  thereto,  listed on Schedule  3.19(a)  (such  contracts and
amendments, "Material Contracts").

                           (b)  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.19(b), (i)
each Material  Contract is valid and binding on the  respective  parties,  is in
full force and effect and  represents the entire  agreement  between the parties
thereto  with respect to the subject  matter of the  Material  Contract and (ii)
upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,  except to
the extent that any consents set forth on Schedule  3.7 are not  obtained,  each
Material  Contract  shall  continue  in full force and effect for the benefit of
Purchaser without penalty or other adverse consequence.

                           (c)  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.19(c), no
party to any  Material  Contract  is in breach  of,  or in  default  under,  any
Material Contract, nor will the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement  constitute a breach of or default under any Material Contract or
otherwise give any party a right to terminate such Material Contract. Seller has
not  received  any notice of  termination  or  cancellation  under any  Material
Contract and no party to any Material  Contract has any right of  termination or
cancellation  under such Material Contract except in connection with the default
of Seller thereunder.

                           (d)  To the best knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholder,  no event has  occurred  that,  with  notice or lapse of time would
constitute  a  breach  or  default  or  permit   termination,   modification  or
acceleration under any Material Contract.

                           (e)  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.19(e),
there is no contract, agreement or other arrangement granting any

                                       38

<PAGE>



Person any rights,  adverse or  otherwise,  under any  Material  Contract or any
preferential right to purchase any of the properties or assets of Seller.

                  3.20 Intellectual Property. (a) Schedule 3.20(a)(i) sets forth
a  true  and  complete  list  and  a  brief   description,   including  complete
identification  of each patent and patent  application and each  registration or
application for registration  thereof,  of all Owned  Intellectual  Property and
Schedule   3.20(a)(ii)  sets  forth  a  true  and  complete  list  and  a  brief
description,  including  a  description  of any  license or  sublicense,  of all
Licensed Intellectual Property. The Owned Intellectual Property and the Licensed
Intellectual Property constitute all the Intellectual Property necessary for the
conduct of the Business as currently  conducted by Seller.  In each case where a
registration  or patent or  application  for  registration  or patent is held by
Seller by  assignment,  the  assignment has been duly recorded with the State or
national Trademark Office from which the original  registration issued or before
which the  application  for  registration  is pending.  To the best knowledge of
Seller and the Shareholder, the rights of Seller in or to the Owned Intellectual
Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property do not conflict with or infringe
on the rights of any other  Person,  and Seller  has not  received  any claim or
written  notice  from  any  Person,  to such  effect.  The  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement will not result in the termination
or  impairment  of  any of  the  Owned  Intellectual  Property  or the  Licensed
Intellectual Property.  After the consummation of the transactions  contemplated
hereby,  Purchaser shall own or possess adequate  licenses or other valid rights
to use  all the  Owned  Intellectual  Property  and  the  Licensed  Intellectual
Property to the same extent, and in the same manner, as Seller.


                                       39

<PAGE>



                           (b)  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.20(b): (i)
all the Owned  Intellectual  Property  is owned by Seller  free and clear of any
Encumbrance  and (ii) no Actions have been made or asserted or are pending (nor,
to the best  knowledge of Seller and the  Shareholder,  has any such Action been
threatened)  against  Seller either (A) based upon or  challenging or seeking to
deny or restrict the use by Seller of any of the Owned Intellectual  Property or
(B)  alleging  that any  services  provided  by  Seller  are being  provided  in
violation of any patents or  trademarks,  or any other rights of any Person.  To
the best  knowledge  of  Seller  and the  Shareholder,  no  Person  is using any
patents,  copyrights,  trademarks,  service marks, trade names, trade secrets or
similar property that are confusingly similar to the Owned Intellectual Property
or that  infringe  upon the Owned  Intellectual  Property  or upon the rights of
Seller therein.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.20(b), Seller has not granted
any  license  or other  right to any  other  Person  with  respect  to the Owned
Intellectual Property.

                           (c)  With respect to each of such licenses and
sublicenses listed Schedule 3.20(a)(ii):

                           (i)  Seller has not  granted to any other  Person any
                  rights,   adverse  or   otherwise,   under  such   license  or
                  sublicense;

                           (ii) no  Actions  have been made or  asserted  or are
                  pending  (nor,  to  the  best  knowledge  of  Seller  and  the
                  Shareholder,  has any such  Action  been  threatened)  against
                  Seller either (A) based upon or challenging or seeking to deny
                  or  restrict  the  use  by  Seller  of  any  of  the  Licensed
                  Intellectual  Property  or  (B)  alleging  that  any  Licensed
                  Intellectual  Property is being licensed,  sublicensed or used
                  in violation of any patents or trademarks, or any other rights
                  of any Person; and

                                       40

<PAGE>



                           (iii)  to  the  best  knowledge  of  Seller  and  the
                  Shareholder,  no  Person  is using  any  patents,  copyrights,
                  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  trade  secrets or
                  similar property that are confusingly  similar to the Licensed
                  Intellectual  Property  or that  infringe  upon  the  Licensed
                  Intellectual Property or upon the rights of Seller therein.

                  3.21 Real Property. (a) Seller does not own any real property.
Except as is set forth on  Schedule  3.21(a)(i),  Seller does not lease any Real
Property.  The  Real  Property  constitutes  all the real  property,  buildings,
structures,  facilities,  improvements,  fixtures, systems, easements, licenses,
rights and appurtenances  necessary for the conduct of the Business as currently
conducted by Seller.  For  purposes of this  Section 3.21 and Sections  3.22 and
3.23,  the term  "lease"  shall  include any leases,  subleases,  sale/leaseback
arrangements or similar arrangements.

                           (b)  Except as described on Schedule 3.21(b) or
Schedule 3.17, to the best knowledge of Seller and the Shareholder,  there is no
violation  of any Law  relating to any of the Real  Property for which Seller is
responsible.  Seller is in peaceful and undisturbed possession of each parcel of
Real Property and, to the best  knowledge of Seller and the  Shareholder,  there
are no contractual or legal  restrictions  that preclude or restrict the ability
of Seller to use the  premises in the manner in which they are  currently  being
used by Seller.  The Real  Property is currently  maintained  in good  operating
condition and repair. To the best knowledge of Seller and the Shareholder, there
are no material latent defects or material adverse physical conditions affecting
the  Real  Property  or any of the  improvements,  fixtures,  fixed  assets  and
personalty of a permanent nature annexed,  affixed or attached to, located on or
forming part of the Real Property. Seller is not leasing or

                                       41

<PAGE>



subleasing any parcel or any portion of any parcel of Real Property to any other
Person, nor has Seller assigned its interest under any lease or sublease for any
Real Property to any third party.

                           (c)  To the best knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholder, there are no condemnation proceedings or eminent domain proceedings
of any kind pending or threatened against the Real Property.

                           (d)  To the best knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholder and assuming all required consents and approvals are obtained, there
are no facts  that would  prevent  the Real  Property  from  being  occupied  by
Purchaser  after  the  Closing  Date in the same  manner as  occupied  by Seller
immediately prior to the Closing Date.

                           (e)  To the best knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholder, no improvements made on the Real Property by or on behalf of Seller
(by the landlord of the Real Property or otherwise) and none of the current uses
and  conditions   thereof  violate  any  covenants,   restrictions,   agreements
applicable  to the Real  Property,  and no  permits,  licenses  or  certificates
pertaining  to the  ownership  or  operation  of all  improvements  on the  Real
Property,  other than those which are transferable  with the Real Property,  are
required  by any  Governmental  Authority  having  jurisdiction  over  the  Real
Property.

                           (f)  The rental set forth in each lease or
sublease of the Real Property is the actual rental being paid,  and there are no
separate agreements or understandings with respect to the same.

                           (g)  Seller has the full right to exercise any
renewal options contained in the leases and subleases pertaining

                                       42

<PAGE>



to the Real Property on the terms and conditions  contained therein and upon due
exercise  would be entitled to enjoy the use of each Real  Property for the full
term of such renewal options.

                  3.22 Tangible Personal Property. (a) Except as is set forth on
Schedule  3.22(a)(i),  Seller  does  not  own or  lease  any  Tangible  Personal
Property.   The  Tangible  Personal  Property  listed  on  Schedule   3.22(a)(i)
constitutes all the material machinery,  equipment, tools, supplies,  furniture,
fixtures,  personalty,  vehicles,  rolling  stock  and other  personal  property
necessary for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted by Seller.

                           (b)  Seller has, and after the Closing the
Purchaser shall have, the full right to exercise any renewal  options  contained
in the leases and subleases  pertaining to the Tangible Personal Property on the
terms  and  conditions  contained  therein  and  upon  due  exercise  Seller  or
Purchaser,  as the case may be,  would be entitled to enjoy the use of each item
of leased Tangible Personal Property for the full term of such renewal options.

                  3.23  Purchased  Assets.  (a) Except as  disclosed on Schedule
3.23,  Seller  owns,  leases  or has the  legal  right to use all the  Purchased
Assets,  including,  without limitation,  the Owned Intellectual  Property,  the
Licensed  Intellectual  Property,  the Real  Property and the Tangible  Personal
Property,  and,  with respect to contract  rights,  is a party to and enjoys the
right to the benefits of all contracts,  agreements and other  arrangements used
by  Seller  or in or  relating  to the  conduct  of the  Business  as  currently
conducted  by  Seller.  Seller  has good  title to, or, in the case of leased or
subleased Purchased Assets, subsisting leasehold interests in, all the Purchased
Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances,  except (i) as disclosed on Schedule
3.23 and (ii) for Permitted Encumbrances.

                                       43

<PAGE>



                           (b)  The Purchased Assets, together with the
Inventory owned by S&S, constitute all the properties, assets and rights forming
a part of,  used or held in, and all such  properties,  assets and rights as are
necessary for use in the conduct of, the  Business.  At all times since the date
of the Interim  Financial  Statements,  all the Purchased Assets material to the
Business are in good  operating  condition  and repair,  ordinary  wear and tear
excepted,  and are  suitable  for the  purposes  for  which  they  are  used and
intended.

                           (c)  Following the consummation of the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement,  Purchaser will own,  pursuant to
good and marketable  title,  or lease,  under valid and subsisting  leases,  its
respective  interest in the Purchased  Assets  without  incurring any penalty or
other  adverse  consequence,  including,  without  limitation,  any  increase in
rentals, royalties, or licenses or other fees imposed as a result of, or arising
from, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  3.24  Customers.  Schedule 3.24 lists each of the customers to
whom Seller  rendered  services  since January 1, 1995 and the amounts  invoiced
during the years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997 and the period from
January 1, 1998  through  September  30, 1998 to each such  customer.  The notes
contained  in the column  entitled  "status of  relationship"  on Schedule  3.24
indicate,  in the best  judgment  of Seller and the  Shareholder,  the status of
Seller's  relationships  with its customers for the remainder of the year ending
December 31, 1998 and Seller and the Shareholder have no actual knowledge of the
intention of any customer to terminate  its  relationship  with Seller except as
set forth in such Schedule.  Notwithstanding  any provision of this Agreement to
the contrary,  neither Seller nor the Shareholder shall have any liability,  nor
shall Inmark or Purchaser have any rights to indemnification  hereunder,  if any
customer terminates

                                       44

<PAGE>



or reduces its  relationship  with Seller after the Closing except to the extent
that such termination or reduction  reflects a breach of any  representation  or
warranty contained in the preceding sentence of this Section 3.24.

                  3.25  Suppliers.  Seller  and the  Shareholder  have  provided
Purchaser and Inmark with (a) a computer listing of all payments Seller has made
from  January  1, 1998  through  September  30,  1998 to  suppliers  of goods or
services  to Seller  ("Suppliers"),  (b) a computer  listing of all of  Seller's
unpaid trade  payables to Suppliers as of September 30, 1998, and (c) a computer
listing as of September 30, 1998 of all goods and services ordered by Seller for
which  invoices had not been  received as of September  30, 1998.  Such computer
lists are complete and accurate.  Except as disclosed on Schedule  3.25,  Seller
has not received  any notice,  that any  supplier  will not sell raw  materials,
supplies, merchandise or other goods or services to Seller at any time after the
Closing Date on terms and conditions  substantially similar to those used in its
current sales to Seller, subject only to general and customary price increases.

                  3.26  Employee  Benefit   Matters.   (a)  Plans  and  Material
Documents.  (i) Schedule 3.26(a) contains a true and complete list of all bonus,
deferred compensation,  pension,  profit-sharing,  retirement,  insurance, stock
purchase, stock option, welfare, severance, hospitalization, insurance and other
employee benefit plans (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA),  whether formal or
informal,  presently maintained by the Seller or maintained by it since 1996, or
under which the Seller has, or has had since 1996,  any obligation to contribute
(collectively, the "Seller Plans").

                                    (ii)      For each of the Seller Plans,
                  Seller has delivered or made available to Purchaser true and

                                       45

<PAGE>



                  complete  copies  of (a) the plan  document,  (b) any  related
                  trust  agreements,   insurance  contracts  and  other  funding
                  agreements,  (c) the summary plan  descriptions,  (d) the most
                  recent Internal Revenue Service  determination letter, if any,
                  (e) the most  recently  filed annual report (Form 5500 Series)
                  and accompanying  schedules filed with the Department of Labor
                  or Internal  Revenue  Service,  (f) the most recent  financial
                  statements, if any, and (g) the most recent actuarial reports,
                  if any.

                                    (iii)  Each  such   Seller   Plan  which  is
                  intended to be a "qualified  plan" under section 401(a) of the
                  Code, has received, a favorable  determination letter from the
                  Internal  Revenue  Service.  With  respect to any Seller  Plan
                  which has received such a  determination  letter,  nothing has
                  occurred  since  the date of such  determination  letter  that
                  would adversely  affect the  qualification  of the Seller Plan
                  under section 401(a) of the Code.

                                    (iv) To the best knowledge of Seller and the
                  Shareholder, Seller has performed and complied with all of its
                  material  obligations  under  or with  respect  to the  Seller
                  Plans,  and the Seller  Plans have  operated  in all  material
                  respects in accordance  with their  respective  terms.  To the
                  best knowledge of Seller and the Shareholder, all Seller Plans
                  have operated in all material  respects in accordance with the
                  applicable  requirements  of  ERISA  and the  Code  and  other
                  applicable  laws,  rules  and  regulations,  and all  material
                  reports required by any governmental  agency with respect to a
                  Seller Plan have been timely filed.


                                       46

<PAGE>



                                    (v) With respect to each Seller Plan that is
                  covered  by Title IV of ERISA,  the  present  value of benefit
                  liabilities  (within  the  meaning of section  4001(a)(16)  of
                  ERISA)  valued on a  termination  basis as of the Closing Date
                  under  regulations  issued  by the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty
                  Corporation  does not  exceed  the value of the assets of such
                  Seller Plan.

                                    (vi) To the best knowledge of Seller and the
                  Shareholder,  no  reportable  event  (as  defined  in  section
                  4043(e)  of  ERISA),  prohibited  transaction  (as  defined in
                  section 406 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code), accumulated
                  funding  deficiency  (as  defined in section  302 of ERISA) or
                  plan  termination  (as defined in Title IV of ERISA or section
                  411(d) of the Code) has  occurred  with  respect to any of the
                  Seller Plans or with respect to any employee  benefit plan (as
                  defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) of an ERISA  Affiliate  (the
                  Seller  Plans  and  the  employee   benefit   plans  of  ERISA
                  Affiliates are collectively referred to as the "Group Plans").

                                    (vii)   None  of  the   Group   Plans  is  a
                  multiemployer  plan (as defined in section 3(37) of ERISA) and
                  the  Seller  does not have any actual or  potential  liability
                  with  respect to any  multiemployer  plan or a past or present
                  withdrawal therefrom.

                                    (viii) Each Seller Plan which  constitutes a
                  welfare  benefit  plan within the  meaning of section  3(1) of
                  ERISA has  complied  and  continues  to comply in all material
                  respects   with  the   health   care   continuation   coverage
                  requirements  of  section  4980B  of the  Code  and  Part 6 of
                  Subtitle  B of  Title I of  ERISA.  Other  than  the  coverage
                  referred to in the immediately preceding

                                       47

<PAGE>



                  sentence,  there are no  benefits  to be  provided  to current
                  retirees  under any of the Seller  Plans which  constitutes  a
                  welfare benefit plan.

                                    (ix) No action, suit or proceeding, hearing,
                  or  investigation   with  respect  to  the  administration  or
                  investment  of the assets of any Group Plan is pending  or, to
                  the best knowledge of Seller and the Shareholder,  threatened.
                  None of the Shareholder or directors or officers of Seller has
                  any  knowledge  of  any  basis  for  any  such  action,  suit,
                  proceeding, hearing or investigation.

                           (b)  Americans With Disability Act.  To the best
knowledge of Seller and the Shareholder, Seller is in compliance in all material
respects with the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act.

                  3.27 Labor Matters.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.27, (a)
Seller is not a party to any  collective  bargaining  agreement  or other  labor
union contract  applicable to persons  employed by Seller in connection with the
Business  and, to the best  knowledge of Seller and the  Shareholder,  currently
there  are  no  organizational   campaigns,   petitions  or  other  unionization
activities seeking recognition of a collective  bargaining unit for Seller which
could affect the Business; (b) there are no controversies, strikes, slowdowns or
work stoppages  pending or, to the best knowledge of Seller and the Shareholder,
threatened between Seller and any of its employees related to the Business,  and
Seller  has not  experienced  any such  controversy,  strike,  slowdown  or work
stoppage within the past three years in connection with the Business; (c) Seller
is currently in compliance in all material  respects  with all  applicable  Laws
relating to the employment of labor in connection  with the Business,  including
those related to wages, hours, collective

                                       48

<PAGE>



bargaining  and the payment and  withholding of taxes and other sums as required
by the  appropriate  Governmental  Authority  and has  withheld  and paid to the
appropriate Governmental Authority or is holding for payment not yet due to such
Governmental  Authority all amounts  required to be withheld  from  employees of
Seller in  connection  with the  Business  and is not liable for any  arrears of
wages,  taxes,  penalties  or other sums for  failure to comply  with any of the
foregoing;  (d) in connection with the Business,  Seller has paid in full to all
its employees or adequately  accrued for in accordance with U.S. GAAP all wages,
salaries, commissions, bonuses, benefits and other compensation currently due to
or on behalf of such employees; (e) there is no claim with respect to payment of
wages,  salary or overtime  pay that has been  asserted or is now pending or, to
the  best  knowledge  of  Seller  and the  Shareholder,  threatened  before  any
Governmental  Authority  with  respect  to any  Persons  currently  or  formerly
employed by Seller in connection  with the  Business;  (f) Seller is not a party
to,  or  otherwise  bound  by  any  consent  decree  with,  or  citation  by any
Governmental   Authority  relating  to  employees  or  employment  practices  in
connection with the Business;  (g) there is no charge or proceeding with respect
to a violation  of any  occupational  safety or health  standards  that has been
asserted  or is now  pending  or,  to the  best  knowledge  of  Seller  and  the
Shareholder,  threatened with respect to Seller in connection with the Business;
and (h)  there is no  charge  of  discrimination  in  employment  or  employment
practices,  for any reason,  including,  without limitation,  age, gender, race,
religion or other legally protected category,  which has been asserted or is now
pending  or, to the best  knowledge  of Seller and the  Shareholder,  threatened
before the United States Equal Employment Opportunity  Commission,  or any other
Governmental  Authority  in any  jurisdiction  in which  Seller has  employed or
currently employs any Person in connection with the Business.


                                       49

<PAGE>



                  3.28 Employees.  (a) Schedule 3.28(a) lists the name, place of
employment,  the current  annual salary rates,  bonuses,  deferred or contingent
compensation,  pension,  "golden  parachute"  and other  like  benefits  paid or
payable (in cash or  otherwise) in 1997 and 1998,  the date of employment  and a
description  of position  and job function of each  current  permanent  salaried
employee,  officer  or  director  of  Seller  employed  in  connection  with the
Business.  On and after January 1, 1999, neither Purchaser nor Seller shall have
any liability for vacation accrued with respect to any of Seller's  employees or
officers for periods prior to January 1, 1999.

                           (b)  Schedule 3.28(b) lists all employment
agreements and severance  agreements relating to Seller or the Business.  Except
as set  forth  on  Schedule  3.28(b),  Seller  is not a  party  to,  and  has no
obligation  or  responsibility  under or with  respect  to,  any oral or written
agreement  with any employee of the Business.  Seller has delivered to Purchaser
true and correct copies of all documents  listed on Schedule  3.28(b) and of all
written personnel policies, employee and/or supervisor handbooks, procedures and
forms of employment applications relating to employees of the Business.

                           (c)  No amount paid or payable (or which may
become  payable)  pursuant  to any plan,  arrangement  or  agreement  including,
without limitation,  any of those listed on Schedule 3.28(a) or Schedule 3.28(b)
and any Seller Plan to or for the benefit of any  employee,  officer,  director,
consultant  or agent of Seller,  was or will  constitute  any  excess  parachute
payment  (within  the  meaning  of Section  280G of the Code) as a  consequence,
direct or indirect,  in whole or in part, of the consummation of the transaction
contemplated under this Agreement.


                                       50

<PAGE>



                  3.29  Taxes.  All  returns,  reports,  estimates,  information
returns and  statements of any nature  regarding  Taxes  required to be filed by
Seller  have  been  filed  when due.  All of the  information  provided  on such
returns,  reports,  estimates,  information  returns and statements was true and
correct  as of the  date  filed,  and all of the  Taxes  shown to be due on such
returns, reports,  estimates,  information returns and statements have been paid
in full.  Except  as  otherwise  set  forth on  Schedule  3.29,  there is no tax
deficiency outstanding,  proposed or assessed against Seller. There are no Taxes
that are or could constitute an Encumbrance (other than Permitted  Encumbrances)
on the  Purchased  Assets or the Business or that could have a Material  Adverse
Effect  or,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  a material  adverse  effect on
Purchaser.

                  3.30 Insurance.  (a) Schedule 3.30(a) sets forth a list of all
insurance  policies  maintained by Seller with respect to the Business  together
with a description of each policy (including the numbers,  the term, the name of
the insurer,  the coverage amounts, the nature of the coverage and the amount of
annual premiums).  To the knowledge of Seller and the Shareholder,  all material
assets,  properties  and risks of the Business  are, and for the past five years
have been,  covered by valid and,  except for policies  that have expired  under
their terms in the ordinary course,  currently  effective  insurance policies or
binders  of  insurance   (including,   without  limitation,   general  liability
insurance,  property  insurance and workers  compensation  insurance)  issued in
favor of Seller,  in each case with  responsible  insurance  companies,  in such
types and amounts  and  covering  such risks as are  consistent  with  customary
practices  and  standards  of companies  engaged in  businesses  and  operations
similar to those of the Business.

                           (b)  To the knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholder, with respect to each insurance policy held by Seller

                                       51

<PAGE>



in connection  with the Business:  (i) the policy is legal,  valid,  binding and
enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms and,  except for policies  that have
expired under their terms in the ordinary  course,  is in full force and effect;
(ii) Seller is not in breach or default  (including  any breach or default  with
respect to the payment of  premiums  or the giving of notice),  and no event has
occurred which, with notice or the lapse of time, would constitute such a breach
or default or permit  termination or  modification,  under the policy;  (iii) no
party to the policy has  repudiated,  or given notice of a intent to  repudiate,
any provision thereof; and (iv) there is no claim pending under any policy as to
which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the insurer.

                           (c) Since January 1, 1997, no insurance carrier
has cancelled,  failed to renew or materially reduced any insurance coverage for
Seller in connection  with the Business or given any notice or other  indication
of its intention to cancel, not renew or reduce any such coverage.

                           (d)  All insurance policies listed on Schedule
3.30(a) are outstanding and duly in force as of the date hereof.

                  3.31  Brokers.  No  broker,  finder  or  investment  banker is
entitled to any  brokerage,  finder's or other fee or  commission  in connection
with the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement  based upon  arrangements
made by or on behalf of Seller or the Shareholder.

                  3.32 Full Disclosure.  No representation or warranty of Seller
or the Shareholder in this Agreement, nor any statement or certificate furnished
or to be furnished to the Purchaser or Inmark pursuant to this Agreement,  or in
connection with the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement,  contains or
will contain any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will

                                       52

<PAGE>



omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements  contained herein
or therein, in light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.


                                    ARTICLE 4

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                             OF PURCHASER AND INMARK

                           Purchaser and Inmark jointly and severally
represent and warrant to Seller and the Shareholder as follows:

                  4.1  Organization  of Purchaser and Inmark.  Each of Purchaser
and  Inmark  is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing  and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. True and correct copies of the
certificate  of  incorporation  and by-laws of  Purchaser  and  Inmark,  each as
currently in effect, have been delivered by Purchaser to Seller.

                  4.2  Authority;   Due  Execution;   Binding  Obligation.   (a)
Purchaser  has all  necessary  power and  authority  to execute and deliver this
Agreement  and the Related  Documents  to which it is a party,  to carry out its
obligations   hereunder  and  thereunder  and  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement
and the Related  Documents by  Purchaser,  the  performance  by Purchaser of its
obligations  hereunder and thereunder and the  consummation  by Purchaser of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby have been duly  authorized by all
requisite action on the part of Purchaser.

                           (b)  Inmark has all necessary power and authority
to execute and deliver this Agreement, to carry out its
obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions

                                       53

<PAGE>



contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Inmark, the
performance  by Inmark of its  obligations  hereunder  and the  consummation  by
Inmark of the transactions  contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all
requisite action on the part of Inmark.

                           (c)  This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by Purchaser  and Inmark.  Assuming due  authorization,  execution and
delivery by Seller and the  Shareholder,  this  Agreement  constitutes  a legal,
valid and  binding  obligation  of  Purchaser  and  Inmark  enforceable  against
Purchaser and Inmark in accordance with its terms except as such enforcement may
be subject to (a) bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or other
similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors'  rights generally
and (b) general  principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

                  4.3 No  Conflict.  Assuming  the making and  obtaining  of all
filings,  notifications,  consents, approvals,  authorizations and other actions
referred to in Section 4.6 and of the consent of PNC Bank, National  Association
pursuant to the Loan Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1998, by and among Inmark,
Inmark Services,  Inc., Optimum Group, Inc. and PNC Bank, National  Association,
except as may result from any facts or  circumstances  relating solely to Seller
or the  Shareholder,  the execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement
and the  Related  Documents  by  Purchaser  and Inmark does not and will not (a)
violate,  conflict  with  or  result  in  the  breach  of any  provision  of the
certificate  of  incorporation  or by-laws of Purchaser or Inmark,  (b) conflict
with or violate any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Purchaser or Inmark,
or (c) conflict with, or result in any breach of, constitute a default (or event
which  with the  giving  of  notice or lapse or time,  or both,  would  become a
default) under, require any consent under, or give to others any rights of

                                       54

<PAGE>



termination,  amendment,  acceleration,  suspension, revocation, or cancellation
of,  or  result  in the  creation  of any  Encumbrance  on any of the  assets or
properties of Purchaser or Inmark pursuant to, (i) any note,  bond,  mortgage or
indenture,  contract,  agreement, lease, sublease, license, permit, franchise or
other  instrument or arrangement  to which  Purchaser or Inmark is a party or by
which any of such assets or properties  are bound or affected which would have a
material  adverse effect on the ability of Purchaser or Inmark to consummate the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement or (ii) any law or statute or any
judgment,  decree,  order,  regulation or rule of any court or  governmental  or
regulatory authority relating to Purchaser or Inmark.

                  4.4 Capital Stock of Inmark.  (a) The authorized capital stock
of Inmark  consists of 25,000,000  shares of common  stock,  par value $.001 per
share,  650,000 shares of Class A convertible  preferred  stock, par value $.001
per share  ("Class A Preferred  Stock"),  700,000  shares of Class B convertible
preferred  stock,  par value $.001 per share  ("Class B Preferred  Stock"),  and
3,650,000  shares of  preferred  stock,  undesignated  ("Undesignated  Preferred
Stock").  As of the date  hereof,  4,483,481  shares of Inmark  Common Stock are
issued  and  outstanding,  all of  which  are  validly  issued,  fully  paid and
nonassessable, and no shares of Class A Preferred Stock, Class B Preferred Stock
or Undesignated  Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.  None of the issued
and  outstanding  shares of Inmark  Common  Stock was issued in violation of any
preemptive  rights. To Inmark's  knowledge,  there is no claim by the Securities
and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental  Authority that any issued and
outstanding  shares of Inmark  Common  Stock  were  issued in  violation  of the
Securities Act or any other applicable  securities laws.  Except for options and
other  warrants to purchase an aggregate of  1,778,989  shares of Inmark  Common
Stock, Inmark does not have outstanding any stock or securities

                                       55

<PAGE>



convertible  into or exchangeable for any shares of its capital stock and is not
subject to any  obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise
acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock.

                           (b)      Upon consummation of the transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement,  the Inmark  Shares  will be duly  authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and, assuming the accuracy of the
representations  made by  Seller  in  Section  8.1  hereof,  will be  issued  in
compliance with the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws.

                  4.5 SEC Reports. Purchaser and Inmark have delivered to Seller
copies of  Inmark's  Annual  Reports on Form 10-K for the years  ended March 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998, Purchaser's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters
ended June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998, any and all Current  Reports on Form
8-K filed since March 31, 1998,  and Inmark's  most recent proxy  statement,  in
each case as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports and
proxy  statement  substantially  comply with the applicable  requirements of the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the rules and  regulations  thereunder,
and do not, as of their respective  dates,  contain a misstatement of a material
fact or omit to state  any  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  The balance sheets and
related statements of income and cash flows, together with all related notes and
schedules thereto, appearing in such Reports (collectively the "Inmark Financial
Statements") (i) were prepared in accordance with the books of account and other
financial  records of Inmark,  (ii) have been prepared in  accordance  with U.S.
GAAP  consistently  applied on a basis  consistent  with the past  practices  of
Inmark, and (iii), in the case of unaudited statements,  include all adjustments
(consisting  of  normal  recurring  accruals)  that  are  necessary  for a  fair
presentation of the consolidated financial

                                       56

<PAGE>



condition of Inmark and the consolidated  results of the operations of Inmark as
of the dates thereof or for the periods covered thereby.

                  4.6  Governmental  Consents  and  Approvals.   The  execution,
delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement by Purchaser and Inmark do not and
will not require any consent, approval,  authorization or other order of, action
by, filing with, or notification to, any  Governmental  Authority except for the
filing  of a  Current  Report  on Form  8-K  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

                  4.7 Litigation.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7, there is
no Action pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser or Inmark, threatened, which
(a) seeks to delay or prevent the  consummation of, or which would be reasonably
likely to  materially  adversely  affect  Purchaser's  or  Inmark's  ability  to
consummate,  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  or  (b)  may
reasonably  be  expected  to have a  material  adverse  effect on the  condition
(financial or otherwise), assets or business of Inmark or Purchaser.

                  4.8 Brokers.  Except for Janney  Montgomery  Scott Inc. (whose
fee shall be paid by Inmark), no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled
to any  brokerage,  finder's or other fee or commission  in connection  with the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement based upon  arrangements made by or
on behalf of Purchaser or Inmark.

                  4.9  Full  Disclosure.   No   representation  or  warranty  of
Purchaser  or  Inmark  in this  Agreement,  nor  any  statement  or  certificate
furnished  or to be  furnished  to Seller or the  Shareholder  pursuant  to this
Agreement,  or  in  connection  with  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this
Agreement,  contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact, or
omits or will

                                       57

<PAGE>



omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements  contained herein
or therein not misleading.

                  4.10 Financing. Inmark and Purchaser have no reason to believe
that the cash  required to pay the Purchase  Price and the  Additional  Purchase
Price will not be available to Purchaser when and if due in accordance  with the
terms of this Agreement.

                  4.11  Conduct  in the  Ordinary  Course;  Absence  of  Certain
Changes,  Events and  Conditions.  Except as disclosed  on the Inmark  Financial
Statements or Schedule 4.11, the businesses of Inmark and its Subsidiaries  have
been conducted in the ordinary  course and  consistent  with past practice since
the periods covered by the Inmark  Financial  Statements.  Since the date of the
Inmark  Financial  Statements,  there has been no material adverse change in the
condition   (financial   or  other),   assets  or  business  of  Inmark  or  its
subsidiaries.

                  4.12  Compliance  with Laws.  Except as set forth on  Schedule
4.12,  Inmark and its  Subsidiaries,  to the best of  Inmark's  knowledge,  have
conducted  and continue to conduct their  businesses  in  accordance  with their
respective  charters  and  by-laws  and with all  Laws and  Governmental  Orders
applicable  to them or any of their  assets  of their  businesses,  and  neither
Inmark  nor  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  is in  violation  of  any  such  Law or
Governmental Order.

                  4.13  Taxes.  All  returns,  reports,  estimates,  information
returns and  statements of any nature  regarding  Taxes  required to be filed by
Inmark  or any  of  its  Subsidiaries  have  been  filed  when  due.  All of the
information provided on such returns,  reports,  estimates,  information returns
and statements  was true and correct as of the date filed,  and all of the Taxes
show to be due on such  returns,  reports,  estimates,  information  returns and
statements have been paid in full. Except as

                                       58

<PAGE>



otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.13,  there is no tax  deficiency  outstanding,
proposed or assessed against Inmark or any of its subsidiaries.


                                    ARTICLE 5

                                   DELIVERIES

                  5.1 Seller's and Shareholder's Deliveries. Simultaneously with
the execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  Seller and the  Shareholder  are
delivering or causing to be delivered to Purchaser and Inmark the following:

                           (a)      Bill of Sale.  A bill of sale, substantially
in the form  attached as Exhibit A,  conveying to Purchaser all of the Purchased
Assets to be  acquired  hereunder,  free and clear of any and all  Encumbrances,
except Permitted Encumbrances.

                           (b)      Assignments.  Written instruments of the
assignment  by Seller to  Purchaser of (i) the  Assigned  Contracts  (other than
assigned  leases and subleases of real  property)  pursuant to an Assignment and
Assumption Agreement,  substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B, together
with (A) the  original S&S  Contract,  (B)  originals of all Assigned  Contracts
other than the S&S Contract,  to the extent available,  and (C) conformed copies
of all other Assigned  Contracts,  and (ii) the assigned leases and subleases of
real property  constituting Assigned Contracts pursuant to assignments of leases
and subleases in forms reasonably  satisfactory to Purchaser and Inmark together
with  (A)  the  original  sublease  and  consents  to  assignment  for  Seller's
headquarters  located at 16 West 22nd Street,  New York, New York, (B) originals
of all other leases and  subleases  of real estate  being  assigned by Seller to
Purchaser, to the extent

                                       59

<PAGE>



available,  and (C)  conformed  copies of all other leases and subleases of real
estate being assigned by Seller to Purchaser.

                           (c)      Assignment of Trademark.  A written
instrument  of assignment  by Seller to Purchaser of the  registered  trademarks
listed on Schedule  3.20(a)(i)  hereto,  substantially  in the form  attached as
Exhibit C.

                           (d)  Organizational Documents.  A copy of (i) the
Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended,  of Seller certified by the secretary
of state of the State of New York as of a date not earlier than 30 Business Days
prior to the Closing Date and  accompanied  by a certificate of the Secretary or
Assistant  Secretary of Seller,  dated as of the Closing  Date,  stating that no
amendments have been made to such Certificate of Incorporation  since such date,
and (ii) the By-laws of Seller certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
of Seller.

                           (e)      Corporate and Stockholder Authorization.  A
certificate,  dated the Closing  Date,  executed by the  Secretary  or Assistant
Secretary of Seller, certifying resolutions of the Board of Directors and of the
Shareholder,  approving and authorizing the execution,  delivery and performance
by Seller of this Agreement and each of the Related Documents to which Seller is
a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
(together with an incumbency and signature  certificate regarding the officer(s)
signing any document or instrument on behalf of Seller).

                           (f)  Good Standing; Qualification to Do Business.
Good  standing  certificates  for  Seller  from  the  secretary  of state of the
jurisdictions  listed on  Schedule  5.1(f)  in each case  dated as of a date not
earlier than 30 Business Days prior to the Closing Date.


                                       60

<PAGE>



                           (g)      Consents and Approvals.  Copies of all
consents  and  approvals  obtained  pursuant  to  Section  3.7  hereof,  and all
registrations,  qualifications, declarations, filings and notices made by Seller
pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

                           (h)      Encumbrance Release.  Evidence reasonably
satisfactory  to Purchaser that any  Encumbrances  on or affecting the Purchased
Assets of record on the date hereof,  except for  Permitted  Encumbrances,  have
been removed or released.

                           (i)      Legal Opinion.  The legal opinion of Cohen &
Silverman, Seller's general counsel, addressed to Purchaser and Inmark and dated
the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D.

                           (j)      Change of Name.  The documents contemplated
by Section 7.2 hereof, in form and substance  sufficient to change Seller's name
as therein required and in the appropriate form for filing with the Governmental
Authority with whom such documents must be filed to become effective.

                           (k)      Employment Agreements.  An employment
agreement  executed by each of the Shareholder and Bryen in the form for each of
the Shareholder and Bryen attached as Exhibit E- 1 and Exhibit E-2 respectively.

                           (l)      Investment Representation Letter.  The
Investment  Representation  Letter  executed  by Bryen in the form  attached  as
Exhibit G.

                           (m)      Stock Option Agreements. Counterparts of the
stock  option  agreements,  substantially  in the form  attached  as  Exhibit H,
executed by each of the  Shareholder  and Bryen and granting to the  Stockholder
options to purchase 42,500 shares of

                                       61

<PAGE>



Inmark  Common  Stock and to Bryen  options to purchase  7,500  shares of Inmark
Common Stock.

                           (n)      S&S Contract.  Documentation in form and
substance  satisfactory  to Purchaser  regarding the renewal or extension of the
S&S  Contract,  or a new  contract  between  Seller and S&S, for the period from
January 1, 1999 through December 31, 2001.

                           (o)      MCI Liability.  Documentation in form and
substance satisfactory to Purchaser regarding the satisfaction,
or current status, of the MCI Liability.

                           (p)      Business Documents.  All manuals, including
employee manuals,  customer lists,  books and other records and files,  computer
programs,  computer  software and master disk of source codes (if any)  relating
to, or associated with, the Business, the Purchased Assets or Seller.

                           (q)      Evidence of Insurance.  Evidence reasonably
satisfactory  to  Purchaser  that  Purchaser  has been  listed as an  additional
insured on all  insurance  policies  relating  to the  Purchased  Assets and the
Business for the remainder of the terms of such policies.

                           (r)      Miscellaneous.  Such other documents and
certificates of officers as reasonably may be required by Purchaser or Inmark to
consummate this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  5.2 Purchaser's Deliveries.  Simultaneously with the execution
and delivery of this Agreement,  Purchaser is delivering the following to Seller
and, to the extent herein provided, to the Shareholder:


                                       62

<PAGE>



                           (a)      Cash Payment.  A cash payment in the amount
of  $1,410,000,  made  $1,022,00 by wire  transfer to an account  designated  by
Seller as set forth on Schedule  5.2(a)  subject to a holdback of $388,000 to be
used to satisfy the MCI Liability.

                           (b)      Inmark Common Stock.  Stock certificates
evidencing an aggregate of 30,000 Inmark Shares registered in the
name of Seller.

                           (c)      Assignment and Assumption Agreement.  An
assumption agreement executed by Purchaser, substantially in the
form attached as Exhibit B.

                           (d)      Organizational Documents.  A copy of (i) the
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as  amended,  of  Purchaser  certified  by  the
secretary  of state of Delaware as of a date not earlier  than 30 Business  Days
prior to the Closing Date and  accompanied  by a certificate of the Secretary or
Assistant Secretary of Purchaser,  dated as of the Closing Date, stating that no
amendments  have been made to such  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (or  similar
organizational  documents)  since such date,  and (ii) the  By-laws  (or similar
organizational  documents) of Purchaser  certified by the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of Purchaser.

                           (e)      Corporate Authorization.  A certificate,
dated the Closing  Date,  executed by the  Secretary or  Assistant  Secretary of
Purchaser,  certifying  resolutions  of the  Board  of  Directors  of  Purchaser
approving and authorizing  the execution,  delivery and performance by Purchaser
of this  Agreement  and each of the Related  Documents  to which  Purchaser is a
party and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby
(together with an incumbency and signature  certificate regarding the officer(s)
signing any document or instrument on behalf of Purchaser).


                                       63

<PAGE>



                           (f)      Good Standing Certificate.  A Certificate of
Good Standing for Purchaser  from the State of Delaware,  dated as of a date not
earlier than 30 Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

                           (g)      Consents and Approvals.  All necessary
consents and approvals of third parties or Governmental  Authorities required to
be obtained by  Purchaser to permit  Purchaser to perform this  Agreement or any
Related Document to which Purchaser is a party.

                           (h)      Legal Opinion.  The legal opinion of Kronish
Lieb Weiner & Hellman  LLP,  Purchaser's  counsel,  addressed  to Seller and the
Shareholder  and dated the Closing Date,  substantially  in the form attached as
Exhibit F.

                           (i)      Employment Agreements.  An employment
agreement   executed  by  Purchaser  for  each  of  the  Shareholder  and  Bryen
substantially  in the form for each of the  Shareholder  and Bryen  attached  as
Exhibit E-1 and Exhibit E-2 respectively.

                           (j)      Miscellaneous.  Such other documents,
assignments,   instruments  of  conveyance,  and  certificates  of  officers  as
reasonably  may be required by Seller and the  Shareholder  to  consummate  this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  5.3      Inmark's Deliveries.  Simultaneously with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, Inmark is delivering to
Seller and the Shareholder the following:

                           (a)      Organizational Documents.  A copy of (i) the
Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended (or similar organizational documents),
of Inmark  certified  by the  secretary  of state of  Delaware  as of a date not
earlier than 30 Business

                                       64

<PAGE>



Days prior to the Closing Date and accompanied by a certificate of the Secretary
or Assistant Secretary of Inmark,  dated as of the Closing Date, stating that no
amendments  have been made to such  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (or  similar
organizational  documents)  since such date,  and (ii) the  By-laws  (or similar
organizational  documents)  of Inmark  certified  by the  Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of Inmark.

                           (b)      Corporate Authorization.  A certificate,
dated the Closing  Date,  executed by the  Secretary or  Assistant  Secretary of
Inmark, certifying resolutions of the Board of Directors of Inmark approving and
authorizing the execution,  delivery and performance by Inmark of this Agreement
and  each  of  the  Related  Documents  to  which  Inmark  is a  party  and  the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby (together with
an incumbency and signature  certificate  regarding the  officer(s)  signing any
document or instrument on behalf of Inmark).

                           (c)      Good Standing Certificate.  A Certificate of
Good  Standing  for Inmark  from the State of  Delaware,  dated as of a date not
earlier than 30 Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

                           (d)      Consents and Approvals.  All necessary
consents and approvals of third parties or Governmental  Authorities required to
be obtained by Inmark to permit Inmark to perform this Agreement.

                           (e)      Legal Opinion. The legal opinion of Kronish,
Lieb,  Weiner & Hellman  LLP,  Inmark's  counsel,  addressed  to Seller  and the
Shareholder  and dated the Closing Date,  substantially  in the form attached as
Exhibit F.


                                       65

<PAGE>



                           (f)      Stock Option Agreements. Counterparts of the
stock  option  agreements,  substantially  in the form  attached  as  Exhibit H,
executed by Inmark and granting to the  Stockholder  options to purchase  42,500
shares of Inmark Common Stock and to Bryen  options to purchase  7,500 shares of
Inmark Common Stock.

                           (g)      Miscellaneous.  Such other documents,
assignments,   instruments  of  conveyance,  and  certificates  of  officers  as
reasonably  may be required by Seller and the  Shareholder  to  consummate  this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.



                                    ARTICLE 6

                            SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES;
INDEMNIFICATION

                  6.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties.  The
                       ------------------------------------------
representations and warranties in this Agreement shall survive
the Closing and any investigation at any time made by or on
behalf of Seller, the Shareholder, Purchaser or Inmark and shall
expire on the second anniversary of the Closing Date except as to
claims made in writing pursuant to Section 6.3 before such second
anniversary.  No claim for misrepresentation or breach of
warranty shall be made by any party against any other party after
such second anniversary.  The covenants and agreements of the
parties in this Agreement shall survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the Closing.

                  6.2  Indemnification.

                           (a)      Seller and the Shareholder, jointly and
severally, shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser
and Inmark, and their respective Subsidiaries, officers,

                                       66

<PAGE>



directors,  shareholders,  employees,  agents,  successors  and assigns (each, a
"Purchaser  Indemnitee"),  for any loss,  liability,  claim,  damage or  expense
(including,  without  limitation,  the  reasonable  costs of  investigation  and
defense  and  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  disbursements)   (collectively,
"Damages")  suffered or incurred by any Purchaser  Indemnitee arising from or in
connection with (a) any breach of any of the  representations  and warranties of
Seller and the  Shareholder  contained in Article 3 of this  Agreement or in any
certificate  delivered  by any of them  pursuant  to this  Agreement  or (b) any
failure  by Seller  or the  Shareholder  to  perform  or comply  with any of its
respective obligations contained in this Agreement;  provided, however, that for
purposes  of  this  Section  6.2,  the  Shareholder  shall  not  be a  Purchaser
Indemnitee.

                           (b)      Inmark and Purchaser, jointly and severally,
shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Seller and the Shareholder,  and their
respective officers, directors, shareholders,  employees, agents, successors and
assigns (each, a "Seller  Indemnitee"),  for any Damages suffered or incurred by
any Seller  Indemnitee  arising from or in connection with (a) any breach of any
of the  representations  and  warranties  of  Purchaser  or Inmark  contained in
Article  4 of this  Agreement  or in any  certificate  delivered  by any of them
pursuant to this Agreement, (b) any failure by Purchaser or Inmark to perform or
comply with any of its respective  obligations  contained in this Agreement,  or
(c) any failure by Inmark to pay the fees referred to in Section 4.8.

                  6.3 Procedure for Certain Indemnification.  (a) Promptly after
receipt by a Purchaser Indemnitee or a Seller Indemnitee (an "Indemnitee") under
Section  6.2 of notice of a claim or the  commencement  of any action by a third
party as to which  indemnification is or will be sought,  such Indemnitee shall,
if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an

                                       67

<PAGE>



indemnifying  party under such Section,  give prompt notice to the  indemnifying
party of such claim or the  commencement  of such action,  but the failure to so
notify the indemnifying  party shall not relieve it of any liability that it may
have to any Indemnitee except to the extent the indemnifying  party demonstrates
that the defense of such action is materially  prejudiced  thereby.  If any such
claim or action  shall be asserted or brought  against an  Indemnitee,  it shall
give notice to the indemnifying  party of the  commencement  thereof within five
days of the receipt of such notice and the indemnifying  party shall be entitled
to participate  therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, to assume, at its
expense,  the defense thereof (utilizing counsel reasonably  satisfactory to the
Indemnitee),  in which case the  indemnifying  party shall not be liable to such
Indemnitee  under  such  Section  for any fees of  other  counsel  or any  other
expenses,  in each case  subsequently  incurred by such Indemnitee in connection
with the defense  thereof.  If notice is given to an  indemnifying  party of the
assertion of a claim or  commencement of any action and it does not, within five
days after the  Indemnitee's  notice is given,  give notice to the Indemnitee of
its election to assume the defense thereof,  the Indemnitee shall be entitled to
select  counsel  of its own  choice  and the  indemnifying  party  shall pay the
reasonable  fees and expenses of one counsel in each relevant  jurisdiction.  An
indemnifying  party shall not be responsible for any settlement or compromise of
any action,  claim or proceeding  effected  without its consent  (which  consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld).

                  6.4 Limitation on Liability. The Purchaser Indemnitees, on the
one hand, and the Seller  Indemnitees,  on the other hand, shall not be entitled
to  indemnification  pursuant to this Article 6 for Damages suffered or incurred
by such Indemnitees unless their Damages aggregate at least $35,000 (the "Basket
Amount").  In the event that Damages exceed the Basket Amount,  the indemnifying
party or parties shall be precluded from

                                       68

<PAGE>



asserting  that  any  such  Damages  are  immaterial  or  not  adverse  to  such
Indemnitees.  If Damages aggregate more than the Basket Amount, the indemnifying
party or parties shall be liable only for the amount of such Damages that exceed
the  Basket  Amount up to the  aggregate  amount,  in the case of Seller and the
Shareholder or Purchaser and Inmark (as the case may be), of $1,660,000 plus any
amounts payable as Additional  Purchase Price;  provided,  however,  that to the
extent such amounts  payable as Additional  Purchase  Price have not  previously
been paid, the liability of Seller and the Shareholder  shall be satisfied first
pursuant to Section 6.5.

                  6.5 Right to Withhold  Additional  Purchase  Price. So long as
liability  for a claim made by a  Purchaser  Indemnitee  pursuant to Section 6.2
shall be in dispute,  Purchaser shall be entitled to withhold payments due under
Section 2.4(b).  Upon the rendering of an arbitrators' award pursuant to Section
9.9 hereof,  the amount so withheld by  Purchaser  shall be applied  towards the
satisfaction  of the liability of Seller and the  Shareholder  to such Purchaser
Indemnitee for Damages,  if any. If the amount withheld by Purchaser pursuant to
this  Section  6.5  exceeds  the  Damages  awarded  to a  Purchaser  Indemnitee,
Purchaser  shall pay to the Seller the  difference  between the amount  withheld
pursuant to this Section 6.5 and the Damages awarded to the Purchaser Indemnitee
together  with  interest on such  difference,  at the rate of eight  percent per
annum, from the date payment was originally due pursuant to Section 2.4(b) until
the date the difference is paid to Seller.

                  6.6 Certain  Limitations.  If  indemnification is due from any
indemnifying  party hereunder,  any amounts recovered by the Indemnitee  through
insurance (net of any costs incurred in connection with the collection thereof),
to the extent  actually  received  by the  Indemnitee,  shall be credited to the
indemnifying party. Each Indemnitee agrees to use reasonable efforts to seek all
reasonable remedies against applicable insurers.


                                       69

<PAGE>



                  6.7 Exclusive Remedy.  Except for the remedies provided in the
Confidentiality  Agreement,  the parties acknowledge and agree that the sole and
exclusive  remedy with respect to any and all claims relating to, or arising out
of this Agreement or the transactions  contemplated hereby, shall be pursuant to
the indemnification provisions contained in this Agreement.


                                    ARTICLE 7

                         COVENANTS SUBSEQUENT TO CLOSING


                  7.1 Further Assurances. Seller and the Shareholder jointly and
severally agree, without further consideration, to execute and deliver following
the Closing  such other  instruments  of transfer  and take such other action as
Purchaser may reasonably request in order to put Purchaser in possession of, and
to vest in  Purchaser,  good and valid  title to the  Purchased  Assets free and
clear of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) in accordance with
this  Agreement  and  to  consummate  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this
Agreement.

                  7.2 Change of Name.  Simultaneously  with the Closing,  Seller
will take all actions  necessary to change its name to a name  unrelated and not
confusing with "U.S.  Concepts,  Inc." and shall provide to Purchaser  copies of
duly  executed  documents  effecting  the  change  in such  name for  filing  by
Purchaser.  From and after the Closing Date,  and other than in connection  with
the  preparation  and  filing  of  tax  returns  and  amendments,  Seller  shall
discontinue all further use, directly or indirectly, of the name "U.S. Concepts,
Inc." or any variation thereof,  and of any trademark,  trade name, service mark
or name,  or logo used by Seller or any word or logo that is similar in sound or
appearance.


                                       70

<PAGE>



                  7.3 Records.  In order to  facilitate  the  resolution  of any
claims made by or against or incurred by Seller or for any other purpose,  for a
period of six (6) years after the Closing,  Purchaser (i) shall retain the books
and  records  of Seller for  periods  prior to the  Closing  and which have been
delivered  to  Purchaser,  unless  specifically  authorized  by  Seller  or  the
Shareholder to the contrary in writing,  and (ii) upon reasonable notice,  shall
afford the officers,  employees and  authorized  agents and  representatives  of
Seller  reasonable  access  (including  the right to make, at Seller's  expense,
photocopies), during normal business hours, to such books and records.

                  7.4 Tax  Reporting.  The  parties  hereby  agree to adopt  the
alternative  procedure  provided  in  Section 5 of Revenue  Procedure  96-60 for
preparing and filing all payroll and employment tax returns for the employees of
Seller that are engaged by Purchaser,  pursuant to which  Purchaser  will assume
Seller's  obligation  to furnish  Forms W-2 to the  employees of Seller who will
continue their  employment in the Business with Purchaser.  Seller and Purchaser
will each  perform  the duties  imposed on them as  predecessor  and  successor,
respectively,   in  such  Section  5,  and  Seller  will  furnish  all  relevant
information with respect to such employees.  The failure or refusal of Seller to
timely  furnish  complete  and  accurate  information  with  respect to any such
employee  shall be deemed an  assumption  by Seller to comply with the  standard
procedure  provided in Section 4 of Revenue  Procedure  96-60 for  preparing and
filing all payroll and employment tax returns for the employees of Seller.

                  7.5      Employee Benefit Plans.

                           (a)      Continuation of Plans.  On and after the
Closing Date,  Seller shall continue to process (or cause to be processed) in an
expeditious manner and with respect to all eligible current and former employees
of Seller performing, or having performed, services related to the Business (the

                                       71

<PAGE>



"Employees")  (and, to the extent  applicable,  their  spouses,  dependents  and
beneficiaries) the following obligations:

                           (i) all claims under such  "employee  benefit  plans"
                  (as defined under Section 3(3) of ERISA)  maintained by Seller
                  that provide  health and medical,  or other  welfare  benefits
                  submitted  for covered  expenses  with respect to  occurrences
                  commencing on or prior to the Closing Date, including, but not
                  limited to, (A) covered hospital benefits for any confinements
                  that  commenced on or before the Closing  Date,  including any
                  covered charges of health care professionals' relating to such
                  confinements,  and (B) any  other  covered  medical  or health
                  expenses incurred on or before the Closing Date;

                           (ii) short-term and long-term disability benefits, if
                  any, for disabilities  that commenced on or before the Closing
                  Date for the  period  that each of such  affected  individuals
                  remain disabled;

                           (iii)            life and survivor income benefits,
                  if any, for deaths which occur on or prior to the Closing
                  Date;

                           (iv) workers'  compensation benefits for disabilities
                  resulting  from a  work-related  accident which occurred on or
                  prior to the Closing Date;

                           (v) all benefits that are being, or that may be, paid
                  to, or with  respect  to,  any  Employees  who are on short or
                  long-term disability,  or medical, personal or other leaves of
                  absence  as of  the  Closing  Date  (or  who  go on  short  or
                  long-term disability,  or medical,  personal or other leave of
                  absence  after the  Closing  Date as a result  of any  injury,
                  illness or other  factor  occurring on or prior to the Closing
                  Date) pursuant to

                                       72

<PAGE>



                  the  terms  of  such  employee  benefit  plans  as  in  effect
                  immediately  prior  to such  date  (including  any  subsequent
                  benefit increases);

                           (vi)  benefits  under  any  "spending   account,"  or
                  similar  arrangement,  under any "cafeteria  plan" (as defined
                  under  Section 125 of the Code),  regardless  of whether  such
                  benefits accrue before, on or after the Closing Date; and

                           (vii) benefits under all other such employee  benefit
                  plans which accrue on or before the Closing Date.

                           (b)      Continuation of Coverage.  Seller (or any
plan  maintained  by Seller)  shall,  to the  extent  required  by Law,  provide
continued  health and medical  coverage as required  under  Section 4980B of the
Code, Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or any other applicable federal, state or local
law or  ordinance  to all  eligible  employees  of Seller  (and  their  eligible
spouses, dependents and beneficiaries) with respect to whom a "qualifying event"
(as such term is defined under Sections 4980B(f)(3) of the Code or 603 of ERISA)
or other triggering event described under the applicable federal, state or local
laws or ordinances occurred on or before the Closing Date.

                           (c)      Assumption of Employee Benefit Plans.  From
and after the Closing,  the employee benefit plans of Seller shall be assumed by
Purchaser.  Seller agrees that  Purchaser may  terminate  such employee  benefit
plans at any time  following  the Closing if Purchaser  shall,  in lieu thereof,
provide employees of Purchaser with the same or substantially  similar or better
employee  benefit plans  (including,  but not limited to, employee benefit plans
within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA),  as those provided to employees of
Inmark with comparable status and seniority.  Years of service with Seller shall
be credited to

                                       73

<PAGE>



employees of Seller for vesting and  participation  purposes  under the employee
benefit plans of Purchaser.

                  7.6 Incentive Stock Options.  Simultaneously with the Closing,
Inmark shall grant to employees of Seller (other than the Stockholder and Bryen)
who, as of the Closing  Date,  are becoming  employees of  Purchaser,  incentive
stock  options  to  purchase  a total of 50,000  shares of Inmark  Common  Stock
pursuant to Inmark's 1992 Stock Option Plan.  The exercise price of such options
shall be the quoted  market  closing  price of Inmark Common Stock on the NASDAQ
System on the Closing Date.

                  7.7 Non-Competition; Trade Secrets. Seller and the Shareholder
jointly and severally agree as follows effective on and after the Closing Date:

                           (a)      All confidential research, advertising,
sales, manufacturers and other materials or articles or information,  including,
without limitation, data processing reports, customer sales analyses,  invoices,
price lists or information,  samples, or any other materials or data of any kind
furnished  to Seller or the  Shareholder  by Purchaser or Inmark or any of their
Affiliates are and shall remain the sole and confidential property of Purchaser,
Inmark and their  Affiliates;  provided,  however,  that the foregoing shall not
apply to (a) any material in the public  domain other than by reason of a breach
of this  Section  7.7, or (b) any  material  required to be  disclosed by law or
judicial process. If Purchaser or Inmark or any of their Affiliates requests the
return of such materials at any time,  Seller and the Shareholder shall promptly
deliver the same to Purchaser or Inmark or their Affiliate, as the case may be.

                           (b)      For a period of five years after the Closing
Date, neither Seller nor the Shareholder shall, directly or indirectly,  through
its  respective  agents,  employees or  otherwise,  or as a principal,  partner,
stockholder,  agent,  director,  officer,  employee,  consultant or in any other
capacity,

                                       74

<PAGE>



shall engage in (as a principal, partner, stockholder, agent, director, officer,
employee,  consultant or otherwise) or be financially interested in any business
activities  which  are the same  as,  similar  to or in  competition  with,  the
business  activities  carried  on by  Purchaser  or  Inmark,  or  any  of  their
Subsidiaries,  or being  definitely  planned by Purchaser  or Inmark,  or any of
their  Subsidiaries,  but in each case  only to the  extent  that such  business
activities  are similar to, or competitive  with,  the Business,  or at any time
during such period  induce or attempt to influence  any employee of Purchaser or
Inmark, or any of their  Affiliates,  to terminate his employment with Purchaser
or Inmark, or any of their Affiliates.

                           (c)      Neither Seller nor the Shareholder shall use
for its or his personal benefit, or disclose,  communicate or divulge to, or use
for the direct or indirect benefit of any Person other than Purchaser, Inmark or
their Affiliates, any material referred to in Section 7.6(a) or any confidential
information  regarding  the business  methods,  business  policies,  procedures,
techniques, research or development projects or results, trade secrets, or other
confidential knowledge or processes of or developed by Purchaser,  Inmark or any
of their  Affiliates,  or any  confidential  names and addresses of customers or
clients or any confidential data on or relating to past,  present or prospective
customers  or  clients  or any other  confidential  information  relating  to or
dealing with the business  operations or activities of Purchaser,  Inmark or any
of their  Affiliates,  made  known to Seller or the  Shareholder  or  learned or
acquired by the Shareholder  while in the employ of Purchaser,  Inmark or any of
their Affiliates. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) any material
in the public domain other than by reason of breach of this Section 7.7, or (ii)
any material required to be disclosed by law or judicial  process.  This Section
7.7 shall not  prevent  Seller or the  Shareholder  from  serving as a producer,
director, actor or writer in any entertainment-related business activity that is
not competitive with the Business.

                                       75

<PAGE>



                           (d)      Any and all writings, improvements,
processes,   procedures  and/or  techniques  which  the  Shareholder  may  make,
conceive, discover or develop, either solely or jointly with any other person or
persons,  at any time during the term of his employment by Seller,  Purchaser or
Inmark, or any of their Affiliates, whether during working hours or at any other
time and whether at the request or upon the  suggestion of Seller,  Purchaser or
Inmark, or any of their Affiliates, or otherwise,  which relate to or are useful
in connection  with any business now or hereafter  carried on or contemplated by
Purchaser or Inmark, or any Affiliate,  including  developments or expansions of
its present  fields of operations,  shall be the sole and exclusive  property of
Purchaser.  The Shareholder  shall make full disclosure to Purchaser of all such
writings,  improvements,  processes,  procedures  and  techniques,  and,  at the
request  and  expense  of  Inmark,  shall do  everything  necessary  to vest the
absolute  title thereto in Purchaser.  No  Shareholder  shall be entitled to any
additional or special  compensation or reimbursement  regarding any and all such
writings, improvements, processes, procedures and techniques.

                           (e)      Seller and the Shareholder acknowledge that
the  restrictions  contained  in this  Section 7.7, in view of the nature of the
business in which Purchaser and Inmark are engaged, are reasonable and necessary
in order to protect the  legitimate  interests  of  Purchaser,  Inmark and their
Affiliates,  and that any violation thereof would result in irreparable injuries
to Purchaser and Inmark,  and Seller and the Shareholder  therefore  acknowledge
that, in the event of their  violation of any of these  restrictions,  Purchaser
and/or  Inmark  shall  be  entitled  to  obtain  from  any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  preliminary and permanent injunctive relief (without  establishing
the likelihood of irreparable injury or posting bond or other security).  In the
event of such  violation,  Purchaser  and/or  Inmark  shall also be  entitled to
receive  damages,  which right shall be cumulative  and in addition to any other
rights or remedies to which Purchaser or Inmark may be entitled.

                                       76

<PAGE>



                           (f)      If the period of time or the scope of
activity  restricted in Section 7.7(b) above should be adjudged  unreasonable in
any  proceeding,  then the period of time  shall be  reduced  by such  number of
months  and/or the scope of restricted  activity  shall be modified so that such
restrictions  may be enforced as is adjudged to be reasonable.  If Seller or the
Shareholder is determined to have violated any of the restrictions  contained in
Section 7.7(b),  the restrictive  period shall not run in favor of Seller or the
Shareholder  from the time of the  commencement of any such violation until such
time as such violation shall be cured by Seller and the Shareholder.

                  7.8  Gains,   Transfer  and  Sales   Taxes.   Seller  and  the
Shareholder shall pay all transfer,  gains and similar taxes and fees payable in
connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  and shall
indemnify and hold harmless  Purchaser and Inmark from and against any liability
with respect to such taxes  (including any penalties,  interest and professional
fees).  Purchaser  shall pay all sales and use taxes payable in connection  with
the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  and shall indemnify and hold
harmless Seller and the Shareholder  from and against any liability with respect
to such taxes (including any penalties,  interest and professional  fees).  Such
taxes  shall not be  deducted  in  determining  Pre-Tax  Earnings.  Seller,  the
Shareholder,  Purchaser and Inmark shall cooperate in the preparation and filing
of any required returns with respect to such taxes.

                  7.9 Board  Representation.  Immediately following the Closing,
Inmark's by-laws shall be amended to increase the size of the board of directors
by one board member and the Inmark's  existing board of directors  shall adopt a
resolution  filling  such  vacancy  with Brian  Murphy.  So long as Brian Murphy
remains  an  employee  of  Purchaser  or any  Affiliate,  Inmark  shall  use its
reasonable best efforts to nominate and elect him as a director of Inmark.


                                       77

<PAGE>



                  7.10  Working  Capital.  During  the  term  of the  employment
agreement  between  Purchaser  and  the  Shareholder,  provided  that  Purchaser
maintains  positive  Pre-Tax  Earnings,  Inmark shall provide to Purchaser  such
working  capital as is reasonably  necessary to enable  Purchaser to continue to
operate the Business in its normal course.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                               INMARK COMMON STOCK

                  8.1  Representations and Warranties of Seller and the
Shareholder.

                           (a) Seller and the Shareholder represent and
warrant to Purchaser and Inmark that Seller and the Shareholder  understand that
the Inmark Shares have not been  registered  for sale under any federal or state
securities  laws and that  Inmark  Common  Stock is being or will be offered and
sold to Seller  pursuant to the exemption from  registration  provided for under
Section 4(2) of the  Securities  Act, and Seller is acquiring  the Inmark Shares
for Seller's own account for investment and without any view to any distribution
thereof,  except that Seller shall be permitted to  distribute  and transfer the
Inmark  Shares  to  the  Shareholder  and  to  Bryen,  subject  to  the  further
restrictions of this Agreement and of the Investment Representation Letter (and,
at the request of Seller,  Inmark shall  promptly take all actions  necessary to
effect  any  such  distribution  and  transfer);  that the  representations  and
warranties  set forth in this Section  8.1(a) are given with the intention  that
Purchaser and Inmark rely on them for purposes of claiming such  exemption;  and
that Seller and the  Shareholder  understand  that Seller must bear the economic
risk of Seller's  investment in the Inmark  Shares for an  indefinite  period of
time as the Inmark Shares cannot be sold unless  subsequently  registered  under
such laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available.


                                       78

<PAGE>



                           (b)  Seller and the Shareholder agree that the
Inmark Shares will not be sold or otherwise  transferred  for value unless (i) a
registration  statement  with  respect  thereto has become  effective  under the
Securities  Act,  or (ii)  there is  presented  to Inmark an  opinion of counsel
satisfactory to Inmark that such  registration  is not required,  and Seller and
the Shareholder  consent that any transfer agent of Inmark may be instructed not
to  transfer  any Inmark  Shares  unless it  receives  satisfactory  evidence of
compliance  with the foregoing  provisions,  and that there may be endorsed upon
any  certificate  or instrument  representing  the Inmark Shares an  appropriate
legend calling  attention to the foregoing  restrictions on  transferability  of
such shares.

                           (c)  Seller and the Shareholder represent and
warrant to  Purchaser  and Inmark that Seller and the  Shareholder  are aware of
Inmark's business affairs and financial  condition and have acquired  sufficient
information  about  Inmark to reach an informed  and  knowledgeable  decision to
acquire  the  Inmark  Shares  hereunder.  Seller  and  the  Shareholder  further
represent and warrant that Seller and the Shareholder  have discussed Inmark and
its plans,  operations  and financial  condition  with Inmark's  officers,  have
received all such  information as they deem necessary and  appropriate to enable
them to evaluate the  financial  risk  inherent in making an  investment  in the
Inmark Shares and have received satisfactory and complete information concerning
the business and  financial  condition of Inmark in response to all inquiries in
respect thereof.

                  8.2  Registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

                    (a) Registration  Rights.  Seller and the Shareholder  shall
have the  following  demand and  piggyback  registration  rights  (other than in
connection  with a merger or  acquisition  registered  on Form S-4,  or  similar
special  purpose  form,  or with  an  employee  benefit  plan  or  similar  plan
registered  on Form S-8,  or  similar  special  purpose  form,  or any  dividend
reinvestment plan):

                                       79

<PAGE>



                           (i)     Seller and the Shareholder shall have
the  right  on  two  occasions  to  demand  that  Inmark  file  expeditiously  a
registration  statement  under the Securities Act covering not less than 100% of
the Inmark Shares then  beneficially  owned by Seller and the Shareholder  which
are permitted to be sold pursuant to Section 8.3. Such demand may be made at any
time after the first  anniversary of the Closing Date but in no event later than
(a)  the  third  anniversary  of the  Closing  Date,  or (b) if,  on such  third
anniversary,  the Inmark  Shares are not eligible for sale under the  Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  Rule  144(k),  then the date that such shares  become
eligible  for sale under Rule 144(k)  (such later date being  referred to as the
"Registration Date"). If the registration is delayed or withdrawn by Inmark, the
period when such demand may be made shall be extended for a period of time equal
to the length of the delay in registering such securities. Inmark shall bear all
expenses  attendant  to  registering  such  securities  (other  than the cost of
counsel to selling stockholders and underwriting  discounts and commissions,  if
any).

                           (ii) If Inmark shall intend to file a
registration  statement,  then Inmark shall give prompt notice of such intent to
Seller and the Shareholder,  and Seller and the Shareholder shall have the right
on no more than two occasions  during the period from the first  anniversary  of
the  Closing  Date  through  the   Registration   Date,  to  piggyback  in  such
registration  statement the Inmark Shares then beneficially  owned by Seller and
the Shareholder which are permitted to be sold pursuant to Section 8.3, provided
that after Inmark delivers written notice by registered mail of its intention to
file  a  registration  statement  under  the  Securities  Act,  Seller  and  the
Shareholder  must respond  affirmatively  within twenty (20) business days after
delivery of such notice. In connection with this piggyback  registration  right,
Inmark shall bear all expenses  attendant to registering such securities  (other
than the cost of counsel to selling stockholders and underwriting  discounts and
commissions, if any). If, in the sole judgment of the managing underwriter of

                                       80

<PAGE>



any  public  offering  by  Inmark,  the amount of  securities  to be  registered
pursuant to the  aforementioned  piggyback  rights shall be determined to be, in
the aggregate,  an amount which would  adversely  affect the success of Inmark's
registration  of its  securities  for its own  account,  then  Inmark  shall  be
required  to  include  in the  registration  only  that  number  of  securities,
including the Inmark Shares,  that the  underwriters  believe will not adversely
affect the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned
pro rata  among  the  selling  stockholders  according  to the  total  amount of
securities  owned by each selling  stockholder  or in such other  proportions as
shall mutually be agreed to in writing by such selling stockholders).

                    (b) Inmark's  Obligations in  Registration.  If and whenever
Inmark  is  required  by the  provisions  of  this  Section  8.2 to  effect  the
registration of the Inmark Shares under the Securities Act, Inmark shall:

                           (i)       Prepare and file with the Commission a
registration  statement  with  respect to all  outstanding  Inmark  Shares to be
included in the registration  statement and cause such registration statement to
become   effective   and  file  such   amendments   necessary  to  maintain  the
effectiveness  of the  registration  statement for a period of not less than one
(1) year,  except  that Inmark  shall not be required to keep such  registration
statement  effective,  or to  prepare  or file  any  amendments  or  supplements
thereto,  after the period of distribution of the registered securities has been
completed;

                           (ii)      Furnish to Seller and the Shareholder such
numbers of copies of the preliminary  prospectus  included in such  registration
statement and the prospectus included in such registration statement at the time
it is ordered effective by the Commission as such holders may reasonably request
in order to facilitate the disposition of the registered securities;


                                       81

<PAGE>



                           (iii)  Use reasonable efforts to register or
qualify the Inmark  Shares  covered by such  registration  statement  under such
other state securities laws of such  jurisdictions as Seller and the Shareholder
shall reasonably request,  provided,  however,  that Inmark will not be required
to: (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction  where it would not
be required to do so but for this clause (iii);  (B) subject  itself to taxation
in such jurisdiction; (C) consent to general service of process; (D) register in
any state requiring, as a condition to registration,  the escrow or surrender of
any Company  securities  held by any  security  holder;  and (E) incur  expenses
exceeding  $10,000 in the aggregate,  in connection  with such  registration  or
qualification; and

                           (iv)   Notify Seller and the Shareholder, at any
time when a prospectus  relating  thereto is required to be delivered  under the
Securities  Act,  of the  happening  of any  event  as a  result  of  which  the
prospectus included in such registration  statement, as then in effect, includes
an untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omits to state any  material  fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading in the light of the circumstances  then existing,  and at the request
of any such  holder,  prepare  and  furnish  to  Seller  and the  Shareholder  a
reasonable  number  of  copies  of a  supplement  to or  an  amendment  of  such
prospectus  as  may  be  necessary  so  that,  as  thereafter  delivered  to the
purchasers  of such  securities,  such  prospectus  shall not  include an untrue
statement  of a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact  required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statement  therein not misleading in the
light of the  circumstances  then existing,  provided that no such supplement or
amendment need be filed after distribution of the registered securities has been
completed.

                    (c) Information From Seller and the Shareholder. Notices and
requests  delivered by Seller and the Shareholder to Purchaser  pursuant to this
Section 8.2 shall contain such  information  regarding the Inmark Shares and the
intended method

                                       82

<PAGE>



of disposition of the Inmark Shares and such other information  regarding Seller
and the  Shareholder  as shall  reasonably  be  required by counsel to Inmark in
order to appropriately disclose matters pertaining to Seller and the Shareholder
in the registration statement.

                    (d)  Indemnification by Purchaser and Inmark.  In the
                         ---------------------------------------
event of any registration under the Securities Act of any Inmark
Shares pursuant to this Section 8.2, Purchaser and Inmark hereby
jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless Seller
and the Shareholder and each other person, if any, who controls
Seller within the meaning of the Securities Act and each other
person (including underwriters) who participates in the offering
of the Inmark Shares, against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several, to which Seller, the Shareholder
or such controlling person or participating person may become
subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, in so far as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or proceedings in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained, on the
effective date thereof, in any registration statement under which
such Inmark Shares were registered under the Securities Act, in
any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein,
or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are
based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse Seller,
the Shareholder and each such controlling person or participating
person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by
Seller, the Shareholder or such controlling person or
participating person in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, damage, liability or proceeding;
provided, however, that neither Purchaser nor Inmark will be
liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim,
damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission made in such registration statement, said preliminary or

                                       83

<PAGE>



final  prospectus  or said  amendment  or  supplement  in  reliance  upon and in
conformity with written information  furnished to Purchaser or Inmark by Seller,
the Shareholder or such controlling or participating person, as the case may be,
specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

                           (e)      Indemnification by Seller and the
Shareholder.  It shall be a  condition  of  Purchaser's  obligation  under  this
Section 11.2 to cause Inmark to effect any registration under the Securities Act
that, if requested by Inmark,  there shall have been  delivered to Purchaser and
Inmark an agreement or agreements  duly  executed by Seller and the  Shareholder
and  reasonably  satisfactory  to Inmark and  Purchaser,  whereby Seller and the
Shareholder agree to indemnify and hold harmless  Purchaser,  Inmark, each other
person  referred to in subparts  (1),  (2), (3) and (5) of Section  11(a) of the
Securities Act in respect of such registration  statement and each other person,
if any, which controls Inmark within the meaning of the Securities Act,  against
any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which Purchaser
or Inmark may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise,  but only to
the extent that such losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities (or proceedings in
respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained,  on the effective date thereof,
in any  registration  statement  under which such Inmark Shares were  registered
under the  Securities  Act, in any  preliminary  prospectus or final  prospectus
contained  therein or in any amendment or supplement  thereto or arise out of or
are based upon the omission or the alleged  omission to state therein a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein
not  misleading,  which,  in each  such  statement,  said  preliminary  or final
prospectus or said  amendment or supplement is made or omitted in reliance upon,
and in conformity with, written information  furnished to Purchaser or Inmark by
Seller or the Shareholder for use in the preparation thereof.


                                       84

<PAGE>



                           (f)      Rule 144. With a view to making available to
Seller  and the  Shareholder  the  benefit  of Rule 144  promulgated  under  the
Securities  Act, and any other similar rules and  regulations  of the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  that may at any time permit Seller and the Shareholder
to sell or distribute without  registration the Inmark Shares,  Inmark agrees to
file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission in a timely manner all reports
and other documents  required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act and, upon
reasonable request, to take any other actions necessary or appropriate to permit
the Inmark  Shares to be sold under Rule 144,  including,  but not  limited  to,
furnishing any  reasonably  requested  opinions of counsel to Inmark's  transfer
agent and the removal of any restrictive legends from stock certificates.

                  8.3 Inmark Shares Lock-Up Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary  contained herein,  (a) neither Seller nor the Shareholder shall
transfer or sell any Inmark  Shares until the first  anniversary  of the Closing
Date,  (b) neither Seller nor the  Shareholder  shall transfer or sell more than
one-third of its Inmark Shares during the period from the first  anniversary  of
the Closing Date through the second anniversary of the Closing Date or more than
a total of  two-thirds of its Inmark  Shares  (including  the Inmark Shares sold
prior  to the  second  anniversary  of the  Closing  Date)  prior  to the  third
anniversary of the Closing Date, except that the foregoing  restrictions on sale
of Inmark  Shares (a) shall not apply to transfers of Seller's  Inmark Shares to
the  Shareholder or to Bryen and (b) shall be void and of no further effect with
respect to the Shareholder if his employment with Purchaser is terminated (i) by
Purchaser without "cause" (as defined in the Shareholder's  employment agreement
with  Purchaser) or (ii) by the Shareholder for "good reason" (as defined in the
Shareholder's  employment  agreement  with  Purchaser).  This Section  shall not
restrict the  transfer of Inmark  Shares by will or the laws of  intestacy.  For
purposes of this Section 8.3, the term "Inmark Shares" shall be deemed to

                                       85

<PAGE>



include any shares of Inmark  issued in stock  splits of, or as stock  dividends
on, the Inmark Shares.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

                  9.1 Notices. All notices,  requests, claims, demands and other
communications  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and shall be given or made (and
shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon  receipt)  by  delivery  in
person,  by courier  service,  by telecopy or by  registered  or certified  mail
(postage  prepaid,  return receipt  requested) to the respective  parties at the
following  addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified
in a notice given in accordance with this Section 9.1):

                  (a)      if to Seller:

                  U.S. Concepts, Inc.
                  16 West 22nd Street, 2nd Floor
                  New York, New York  10010
                  Telecopy:   (212) 206-0597
                  Attention:  Brian Murphy

                  with a copy to:

                  Corbin Silverman & Sanseverino LLP
                  805 Third Avenue
                  New York, New York  10022
                  Telecopy:   (212) 308-7189
                  Attention:  James T. Sandnes, Esq.

                  (b)      if to the Shareholder:

                  225 Central Park West, Apt. 1420
                  New York, New York 10024

                                       86

<PAGE>




                  with a copy to:

                  Corbin Silverman & Sanseverino LLP
                  805 Third Avenue
                  New York, New York  10022
                  Telecopy:   (212) 308-7189
                  Attention:  James T. Sandnes, Esq.


                  (c)      if to Inmark:

                  Inmark Enterprises, Inc.
                  415 Northern Boulevard
                  Great Neck, New York 11021
                  Telecopy:  (516) 622-2888
                  Attention:  Donald A. Bernard

                  with a copy to:

                  Kronish, Lieb, Weiner & Hellman LLP
                  1114 Avenue of the Americas
                  New York, New York 10036
                  Telecopy:  (212) 479-6275
                  Attention:  Joseph S. Hellman, Esq.

                  (d)      if to Purchaser:

                  U.S. Concepts, Inc.
                  c/o Inmark Enterprises, Inc.
                  415 Northern Boulevard
                  Great Neck, New York 11021
                  Telecopy:  (516) 622-2888

                  Attention:  Donald A. Bernard


                                       87

<PAGE>



                  with a copy to:

                  Kronish, Lieb, Weiner & Hellman LLP
                  1114 Avenue of the Americas
                  New York, New York 10036
                  Telecopy:  (212) 479-6275
                  Attention:  Joseph S. Hellman, Esq.

                  9.2 Public Announcements.  Except as required by law, no party
to this  Agreement  shall make, or cause to be made, any press release or public
announcement  in  respect of this  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated
hereby or otherwise  communicate  with any news media  without the prior written
consent of the other  party.  The parties  shall  cooperate as to the timing and
contents of any such press release or public announcement.

                  9.3  Headings.  The  descriptive  headings  contained  in this
Agreement are for  convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

                  9.4  Severability.  If any  term or  other  provision  of this
Agreement  is  invalid,  illegal or  incapable  of being  enforced by any Law or
public  policy,   all  other  terms  and  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall
nevertheless  remain in full force and effect so long as the  economic  or legal
substance of the transactions  contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner
materially  adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other
provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto
shall  negotiate  in good  faith to modify  this  Agreement  so as to effect the
original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in
order that the  transactions  contemplated  hereby are consummated as originally
contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

                  9.5  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the
entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the

                                       88

<PAGE>



subject  matter  hereof and  thereof and  supersedes  all prior  agreements  and
undertakings,  both written and oral, among Seller,  the Shareholder,  Purchaser
and Inmark with respect to the subject  matter hereof and thereof except for the
Confidentiality  Agreement,  which  shall  continue  in full force and effect in
accordance with its terms after the Closing under this Agreement.

                  9.6  Assignment.  Seller  may  assign  all or any  part of its
rights under this Agreement to the Shareholder  and/or to Bryen. The Shareholder
may assign all or any part of his rights under this  Agreement to Bryen.  Seller
shall not  otherwise  assign this  Agreement  by  operation  of law or otherwise
without the express  written  consent of Purchaser and Inmark.  The  Shareholder
shall not assign this Agreement without the express written consent of Purchaser
and Inmark except by operation of law. Any consent required by this Section 12.6
may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Purchaser or Inmark.

                  9.7 No Third  Party  Beneficiaries.  This  Agreement  shall be
binding  upon and inure  solely to the benefit of the  parties  hereto and their
permitted  assigns and  nothing  herein,  express or implied,  is intended to or
shall  confer upon any other  Person any legal or  equitable  right,  benefit or
remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

                  9.8 Amendment or Termination.  No agreement shall be effective
to change,  modify, waive,  release,  amend,  terminate,  discharge or effect an
abandonment of this Agreement,  in whole or in part, unless such agreement is in
writing,  refers  expressly to this Agreement and is signed by the party against
whom  enforcement  of the  change,  modification,  waiver,  release,  amendment,
termination, discharge or effectuation of the abandonment is sought.

                  9.9  Remedies and Venue.  (a)  Except as otherwise
specifically provided in this Agreement or in any Related
Document, any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or

                                       89

<PAGE>



relating to this Agreement or any Related Document, or the breach,  termination,
enforceability or validity hereof or thereof,  including without  limitation the
determination  of the scope or  applicability  of this  agreement to  arbitrate,
shall be determined by arbitration in New York City before three arbitrators and
administered  by the  American  Arbitration  Association  (the "AAA")  under its
Commercial Arbitration Rules (and, if applicable,  its Supplementary  Procedures
for Large,  Complex Disputes),  provided that persons eligible to be selected as
arbitrators shall be limited to attorneys-at-law who (i) are on the AAA's Large,
Complex Case Panel or the CPR Foundation Panel of Distinguished Neutrals, or who
have  professional  credentials  similar to the attorneys listed on such AAA and
CPR panels, and (ii) who have practiced law for at least 15 years as an attorney
in New York  specializing  in either  general  commercial  litigation or general
corporate  and  commercial  matters.  Judgment  upon the award  rendered  may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the parties agree that due
to the unique  subject  matter of this  transaction,  monetary  damages  will be
insufficient  to compensate the non- breaching party in the event of a breach of
any non-monetary obligation under this Agreement. Accordingly, the parties agree
that the non-breaching  party shall be entitled (without  prejudice to any other
right or  remedy  to which  it may be  entitled)  to an  appropriate  decree  of
specific  performance,  or an  injunction  restraining  any  violation  of  this
Agreement  or other  equitable  remedies  to  enforce  this  Agreement  (without
establishing  the  likelihood  of  irreparable  injury or posting  bond or other
security), and the breaching party waives in any action or proceeding brought to
enforce this Agreement the defense that there exists an adequate  remedy at law.
Any action or proceeding with respect to this agreement or the related documents
shall be brought  exclusively in the courts of the state of New York residing in
the borough of  Manhattan  or of the United  States of America for the  Southern
District of New York, and, by execution

                                       90

<PAGE>



and delivery of this Agreement,  each party hereto hereby accepts for itself and
in  respect  of its  property,  generally  and  unconditionally,  the  exclusive
jurisdiction  of the  aforesaid  courts.  Each party hereto hereby  waives,  and
agrees not to assert,  as a defense in any action,  suit or  proceeding  for the
interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement or any related document, that it
is not  subject  thereto  or that such  action,  suit or  proceeding  may not be
brought or is not  maintainable  in said  courts or that this  Agreement  or any
related  document  may not be enforced in or by said courts or that its property
is exempt or immune  from  execution,  that the suit,  action or  proceeding  is
brought  in an  inconvenient  forum,  that the  venue  of the  suit,  action  or
proceeding  is improper or (provided  that process shall be served in any manner
referred to in the following  sentence)  that service of process upon such party
is  ineffective.  Each party  hereto  agrees that service of process in any such
action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to this agreement may be made
upon it in any  manner  permitted  by the  laws of the  state of New York or the
federal laws of the United States.

                  9.10  Governing  Law. The validity  and  construction  of this
Agreement and the Related Documents  referred to herein shall be governed by the
internal  laws (and not the  principles of conflict of laws) of the state of New
York.

                  9.11  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when  executed  shall be deemed to be an original but all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

                  9.12 Expenses.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement
(including,  without limitation,  Section 7.8), all expenses, including, but not
limited  to,  fees  and  disbursements  of  counsel,   financial   advisors  and
accountants,  incurred  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  and  the  Related
Documents and the

                                       91

<PAGE>



transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall be paid by  Inmark or  Purchaser  with
respect to all of the foregoing  expenses  incurred by Seller,  the Shareholder,
Purchaser and Inmark.

                  9.13  Schedules.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
contained  in this  Agreement,  information  disclosed  in one  Schedule of this
Agreement shall be deemed to be disclosed for purposes of each other Schedule of
this Agreement.

                  9.14 Director and Officer Indemnification.  At all times, from
and after the Closing,  Inmark and the  Purchaser  agree to  indemnify  and hold
harmless  the  Shareholder  in respect of acts or  omissions  or alleged acts or
omissions  occurring  on and  after  the  Closing  Date in their  capacities  as
employees,  officers or  directors  of Inmark  and/or  Purchaser  to the fullest
extent  permitted  under  applicable  law and on terms  and  conditions  no less
favorable  than those made available to the members of the Board of Directors of
Inmark.



                            [Signature Pages Follow]

                                       92

<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their  respective
officers thereunto duly authorized.


                                       U.S. CONCEPTS, INC.,
                                       a New York corporation


                                       By: /s/ Brian Murphy
                                           ----------------
                                           Brian Murphy
                                           President



                                       -----------------------------
                                       Brian Murphy




                                       U.S. CONCEPTS, INC.,
                                       a Delaware corporation


                                       By: /s/ Donald A. Bernard
                                           ---------------------
                                           Donald A. Bernard
                                           Executive Vice President,
                                           Chief Financial Officer
                                           and Secretary


                                       INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.,
                                       a Delaware corporation


                                       By: /s/ John P. Benfield
                                           --------------------
                                           John P. Benfield
                                           President and Chief
                                           Executive Officer


                                       93



                        FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

         THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT;  SECURITY AGREEMENT; and PLEDGE
AGREEMENT  (this  "Amendment")  is made as of  December  29, 1998 among PNC Bank
National  Association  ("Lender")  having offices at One Garret  Mountain Plaza,
West  Paterson,   New  Jersey  07424,  Inmark  Enterprises,   Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("Enterprises"),  U.S.  Concepts,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,
("USC"), Inmark Services, Inc. a Delaware corporation ("Services"),  and Optimum
Group, Inc., an Ohio corporation (formerly, OG Acquisition Corp.) ("New OGI" and
together with Services and USC, the "Borrower"). Enterprises, USC, Services, and
New OGI are collectively referred to herein as the "Inmark Group".

                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENT:

         A.  Lender,  Enterprises,  Services  and  New OGI  entered  into a Loan
Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 (as amended hereby and as further  amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Agreement"), pursuant
to which,  among other  things,  Lender  agreed to make (i)  Revolving  Loans to
Services  and  New  OGI in the  aggregate  principal  amount  at  any  one  time
outstanding  not to exceed  $5,000,000  and (ii) a term loan to Services and New
OGI in the principal amount of $5,000,000, all upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth therein.

         B. Enterprises,  Services and New OGI entered into a Security Agreement
in favor of Lender dated as of March 31, 1998 (as amended  hereby and as further
amended,  supplemented  or otherwise  modified from time to time,  the "Security
Agreement").

         C. Enterprises, Services and New OGI entered into a Pledge Agreement in
favor of Lender  dated as of March 31,  1998 (as  amended  hereby and as further
amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  from time to time,  the "Pledge
Agreement").

         D.  Enterprises  entered into a Guaranty in favor of Lender dated as of
March 31,  1998 (as  amended  hereby and as  further  amended,  supplemented  or
otherwise modified from time to time, the "Guaranty").

         E.  Enterprises,  Services and New OGI have each  requested that Lender
consent to the  transaction  (the "Proposed  Transaction")  contemplated  by the
Asset Purchase  Agreement  among U.S.  Concepts,  Inc., a New York  corporation,
Brian  Murphy,  an  individual,   ("Murphy"),  USC  and  Enterprises  (the  "USC
Acquisition  Agreement"),   including,  the  purchase  and  acquisition  of  the
Purchased  Assets and the assumption of the Assumed  Liabilities  (as such terms
are  defined  in the USC  Acquisition  Agreement),  and waive any  breach by the
Inmark  Group  of  Section  5.1 of  the  Agreement  by  reason  of the  Proposed
Transaction (the "Waiver").

         F. Lender has agreed to the Waiver upon the  condition,  among  others,
that each member of the Inmark Group executes and delivers this Amendment.



<PAGE>



                                   AGREEMENT:

1.  Definitions.  Capitalized  terms used in this Amendment  shall have the same
meanings given them in the Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein.

2.  Addition of USC as Borrower and Grantor.  USC hereby  becomes and now is for
all purposes a "Borrower"  or  "Grantor," as the case may be, under (and a party
to) the Agreement,  the Security  Agreement,  the Pledge Agreement and all other
Loan Documents  (with all the obligations of a Borrower and Grantor in and under
the Loan Documents), as fully as if USC executed and delivered the Agreement and
the other Loan Documents as a Borrower on March 31, 1998 and the term "Borrower"
and "Grantor" in the Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents  shall now include
USC as well as Services  and New OGI.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the
preceding   sentences,   (a)  USC   understands  and  agrees  that  all  of  the
representations  and warranties in the Agreement,  the Security  Agreement,  the
Pledge Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be deemed repeated for USC at
the date hereof and at the time that each Revolving Loan is made; and (b) USC is
bound by  (including  without  limitation  that it fully  adopts  and  agrees to
perform) all of the covenants,  other agreements and other provisions binding on
the Borrower contained in the Loan Documents,  including, without limitation, to
repay money borrowed by the Borrower.

3. Grant of Collateral  under Security  Agreement.  As security for the full and
punctual payment and performance  when due (whether at the stated  maturity,  by
acceleration or otherwise) of all of the  Obligations,  whether  pursuant to any
Loan Document or otherwise, USC hereby pledges,  transfers and assigns to Lender
(and its successors  and assigns),  and grants to Lender (and its successors and
assigns) security  interests in (a) all of the Collateral now or hereafter owned
by USC (or to which it has any right,  title or interest),  wherever located and
whether now existing or hereafter created,  and (b) all accessions and additions
thereto,  replacements  and  substitutions  therefor,  and proceeds and products
thereof.  (The security  interests  granted  hereby,  and all remedies and other
rights  stated or  referred  to in the  Security  Agreement  or any  other  Loan
Document,  shall  continue  in full force and effect  until the later of (i) the
termination  of the  Revolving  Line of  Credit,  or (ii) the  full,  final  and
indefeasible payment and performance of the Obligations.

4. Grant of Security Collateral under Pledge Agreement. As security for the full
and punctual  payment and performance  when due (whether at the stated maturity,
by acceleration or otherwise) of all of the Obligations, whether pursuant to any
Loan Document or otherwise, USC hereby pledges,  transfers and assigns to Lender
(and its successors  and assigns),  and grants to Lender (and its successors and
assigns)  security  interests  in all of its Security  Collateral.  The security
interests  granted hereby,  and all remedies and other rights stated or referred
to in the Pledge  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  shall continue in full
force and effect until the later of (i) the termination of the Revolving Line of
Credit, or (ii) the full, final and indefeasible  payment and performance of the
Obligations.

5. Revised Schedules. To take into account the addition of USC as a Borrower and
Grantor,  the purchase of the Purchased  Assets,  the  assumption of the Assumed
Liabilities  and the other s transactions  contemplated  by the USC  Acquisition
Agreement,  the parties hereby amend the Agreement,  the Security  Agreement and
Pledge  Agreement by replacing  each of the  Schedules  thereto with the revised
Schedules  set forth in Appendix  A-1,  Appendix  A-2 and  Appendix  A-3 to this
Amendment (collectively, the "Revised Schedules").

                                        2

<PAGE>



6. Consent of Other Member of Inmark Group.  Each of  Enterprises,  Services and
New OGI hereby consents to the addition of USC as a Borrower under the Agreement
and the other Loan Document and acknowledges and agrees that such addition shall
not impair,  reduce or otherwise affect the obligations of any of them under the
Agreement or any other Loan Document.

7.       Waivers and Consents.

         a.  The  Lender   hereby   grants  a  waiver  of  the  Inmark   Group's
non-compliance  with  Section 5.1 of the  Agreement  and of the Event of Default
that would otherwise  result from a violation of that Section,  solely by reason
of  the  Proposed  Transaction.  Subject  to  the  accuracy,  non-violation  and
satisfaction  of  each  of  the  representations,   warranties,  covenants,  and
conditions set forth herein, Lender hereby consents to the Proposed Transaction.
Each member of the Inmark Group agrees that it will hereafter  comply fully with
this and all other  provisions  of the  Agreement  and all other Loan  Documents
which remain in full force and effect.

         b. The Lender  hereby  consents  to the change of the  location  of the
chief executive  office/chief place of business of Enterprises and Services from
One Plaza Road, Greenvale,  New York to 415 Northern Boulevard,  Great Neck, New
York and waives any prior  breaches  of section  4.2 of the  Security  Agreement
directly related to such change without 30 calendar days prior written notice to
Lender;  provided,  that,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  Security
Agreement,  at the sole expense of the Inmark Group,  the Inmark Group agrees to
execute and  deliver to Lender  amendments  to  financing  statements  and other
similar public filings to reflect such change of location.

         c. The Lender hereby  consents to the guarantee by  Enterprises  of the
obligations  of USC under that certain  Agreement of Sublease  dated November 8,
1995 between Ketchum Communications, Inc. and UCS (as assignee of U.S. Concepts,
Inc., a New York corporation).

         d. Except as  expressly  described  above,  the  foregoing  waivers and
consents shall not constitute (i) a modification  or an alteration of the terms,
conditions  or covenants of the  Agreement or any other Loan  Document or (ii) a
waiver,  release or limitation  upon the Lender's  exercise of any of its rights
and remedies thereunder,  which are hereby expressly reserved. This waiver shall
not relieve or release any member of the Inmark  Group or any  guarantor  in any
way from any of its  respective  duties,  obligations,  covenants or  agreements
under the Agreement or the other Loan  Documents or from the  consequence of any
Event of Default thereunder,  except as expressly described above. These waivers
and  consents  shall not  obligate  the Lender,  or be  construed to require the
Lender,  to waive any other Events of Default or defaults,  whether now existing
or which may occur after the date of this Amendment.

8.  Certain  Representations  and  Warranties.  In order to induce the Lender to
enter into this Amendment, each member of the Inmark Group hereby represents and
warrants to the Lender that after giving effect to the transactions contemplated
by the Proposed Transaction:

         a. no Event of Default,  or any event which, with the giving of notice,
the lapse of time, or both,  or the  occurrence  of any other  condition,  would
constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing;

         b. the Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and each
 of the


                                        3

<PAGE>



other Loan Documents (as amended by this Amendment), after giving effect to this
Amendment,  continue to be in full force and effect and to constitute the legal,
valid and binding obligations of each member of the Inmark Group that is a party
thereto,  enforceable against each member of the Inmark Group in accordance with
their respective terms; and

         c. the representations and warranties made by each member of the Inmark
Group in or  pursuant  to the  Agreement,  the  Security  Agreement,  the Pledge
Agreement  or any  other  Loan  Document  (in  each  case  as  amended  by  this
Amendment), or which are contained in any certificate,  document or financial or
other  statement  furnished  at any time  under  or in  connection  herewith  or
therewith,  are each true and correct in on and as of the date hereof, as though
made on and as of such date.

         d. Appendix B to this Amendment  contains a true,  complete and correct
copy of the  unaudited  pro  forma  balance  sheets  of the  Inmark  Group as at
September 30, 1998; (b) such pro forma balance  sheets fairly  presents on a pro
forma basis the  financial  condition  of the Inmark Group as of that date after
giving effect to the Proposed Transaction; and (c) such pro forma balance sheets
were prepared in accordance with GAAP.

9.       Certain Acknowledgments.

         The  parties  acknowledge  and  agree  that the term  "Loan  Documents"
includes  any  Documents  relating  to any  derivative,  swap or  other  similar
transactions entered into by any member of the Inmark Group in relation to or in
connection  with  the  other  Loan  Documents,  and  correspondingly,  the  term
"Obligations"  as used in the Loan  Documents,  includes all the liabilities and
obligations  under such  Documents  relating to such  derivative,  swap or other
similar transactions.

10.  Conditions to Effectiveness of this Amendment.  This Amendment shall become
effective upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:

         a. Notes. In exchange for the Revolving Note and the Term Note,  Lender
shall have  received an Amended and Restated  Revolving  Note and an Amended and
Restated  Term Note,  each  payable to the order of  Lender,  conforming  to the
requirements  hereof and executed by (a) duly authorized  officer(s) of Borrower
(including USC).

         b. Certain Other Loan Documents. Lender shall have received each of the
following,  duly  executed  and  delivered  by the parties  thereto  (other than
Lender) and each of which shall be in full force and effect:

                  i. the letter  notifying the account debtors of each member of
                  the Inmark Group of the  assignment of the Accounts to Lender,
                  substantially  in the form of Exhibit K to the Agreement (with
                  the addition of USC as a  signatory)  that may be delivered by
                  Lender after an Event of Default.

         c. Legal  Opinion of  Counsel  to the  Inmark  Group - Loan  Agreement.
Lender  shall have  received a favorable  opinion,  dated the Closing  Date,  of
Kronish, Lieb, Weiner & Hellman LLP, counsel to the Inmark Group,  substantially
in the form of Appendix C to this Amendment.

                                        4

<PAGE>



         d.  Legal  Opinion  of  Counsel  to  the  Inmark  Group  -  Acquisition
Agreement.  Lender shall have  received a favorable  opinion,  dated the Closing
Date,  of Kronish,  Lieb,  Weiner & Hellman  LLP,  counsel to the Inmark  Group,
substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the USC Acquisition Agreement.

         e. Legal  Opinion of Seller  Counsel -  Acquisition  Agreement.  Lender
shall have received a favorable  opinion,  dated the date of this Agreement,  of
Corbin  Silverman & Sanseverino LLP, counsel to Seller under the USC Acquisition
Agreement,  substantially  in the  form  of  Exhibit  D to the  USC  Acquisition
Agreement  or a letter from such  counsel  stating  that Lender may rely on such
opinion in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

         f. Acquisition  Agreement  Closing;  etc. (i) The Proposed  Transaction
shall have been consummated without any amendment, modification or waiver of any
of the  provisions of the USC  Acquisition  Agreement  (other than those made to
comply with the Loan  Documents),  (ii) the Inmark Group shall have delivered to
Lender a true,  complete and correct copy of the USC  Acquisition  Agreement and
each  of the  Documents  executed  and  delivered  by  the  parties  thereto  in
connection therewith, (iii) each of the parties to the USC Acquisition Agreement
shall  have  executed  and  delivered  to  Lender a  consent  to the  collateral
assignment  of  the  USC  Acquisition   Agreement  for  the  benefit  of  Lender
substantially in the form of Exhibit N to the Agreement (but taking into account
the conforming  changes arising from this Amendment),  and (iv) the Inmark Group
shall have delivered to Lender evidence that the indebtedness to Chase Manhattan
Bank  referenced  in  section  2.3 of the USC  Acquisition  Agreement  has  been
paid-off and terminated and the security interests granted to the lender parties
to the Seller's Loans have been terminated and released.

         g. Fees and Expenses.  The Inmark Group shall have paid all expenses of
Lender,  including,  without limitation,  reasonable counsel fees, in connection
with the  preparation,  execution  and delivery of this  Amendment and all other
documents and  instruments  to be executed and delivered  pursuant  hereto or in
connection herewith, and the transactions contemplated hereby.

         h. Certificate of Secretary of Assistant  Secretary.  Lender shall have
received a  certificate  from the  Secretary or an  Assistant  Secretary of each
member of the Inmark Group,  dated the Closing Date,  certifying (as applicable)
that or as to (i) attached to each such certificate is a (A) true,  complete and
correct copy of (I) the  resolutions of the Board of Directors of such member of
the Inmark Group authorizing among other things (x) the execution,  delivery and
performance  of this Amendment (y) in the case of USC, the granting by it of the
Liens provided for in the Loan Documents,  and (z) in the case of Parent and USC
authorizing the Acquisition Agreement and the transactions  contemplated thereby
and (B) the By-Laws of USC and (ii) such  resolutions  and By-Laws have not been
amended,  modified,  revoked  or  rescinded  since the dates on which  they were
adopted and (iii) the  incumbency  and  signature of each  officer  signing this
Amendment and any other  certificate or other document to be delivered  pursuant
hereto (and another  officer of such member of the Inmark Group shall certify as
to the incumbency of such Secretary or Assistant Secretary).

         i. Organizational Documents;  Good Standing Certificates.  Lender shall
have  received  from  USC (i) a  certificate  of the  Secretary  of State of the
jurisdiction of its  incorporation,  with an attached copy of the Certificate of
Incorporation  (or  Articles  of  Incorporation)  of USC and (ii) good  standing
certificates  (or  comparable  certificates)  from each Secretary of State (or a
similar official) of each jurisdiction where it is qualified to do business.


                                        5

<PAGE>



         j.  Consents,  Licenses,  Approvals,  etc.  Lender shall have  received
copies of all consents,  licenses and approvals,  if any, required in connection
with the execution, delivery and performance by each member of the Inmark Group,
and the validity and  enforceability  against each member of the Inmark Group of
this Amendment, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force
and effect.

         k. Financial  Information;  Solvency.  Lender shall have received (i) a
copy of each of the  financial  statements  referred  to in section  8.d of this
Amendment,  and (ii) a certification  by the Chief  Financial  Officer of Parent
substantially in the form of Exhibit O to the Agreement (but taking into account
the Proposed Transactions)  regarding such financial statements and the Solvency
of the Inmark Group

         l.  Recordings and Filings;  Other Actions.  Any documents  (including,
without  limitation,  financing  statements  and  an  assignment  of  registered
intellectual  property)  required to be filed,  registered or recorded (and that
have not already been so filed,  registered or recorded) in order to create,  in
favor of Lender a perfected Lien against the Collateral  thereunder with respect
to which a Lien may be perfected by a filing under the Uniform  Commercial  Code
or any other applicable law shall have been delivered to Lender duly executed by
the  appropriate  member of the Inmark  Group and shall be in proper  form to be
filed,  registered or recorded in each office in each  jurisdiction  required in
order to create in favor of Lender a perfected Lien on the respective Collateral
described  therein having the priority  purported to be granted thereby.  Lender
shall have also received  evidence that all necessary  filing fees and all taxes
or other expenses  related to such filings,  registrations or recordings will be
paid in full.  Lender  shall  have  received  evidence  that all  other  actions
necessary  or, in the opinion of Lender,  desirable to perfect the Liens created
by the Loan Documents have been taken.

         m. Searches. Lender shall have received the results of recent searches,
in form and substance  satisfactory  to Lender and by a Person  satisfactory  to
Lender,  of (i) Uniform  Commercial  Code filings which may have been filed with
respect to personal  property of Seller and USC (including  under any tradenames
used by it) in each jurisdiction in which it has or, within the last six months,
had personal  property,  (ii) upper and lower court  judgment  filings which may
have been filed against Seller or USC in each jurisdiction referred to in clause
(i) above,  and (iii) tax lien filings which may have been filed against  Seller
or USC in each jurisdiction referred to in clause (i) above.

         n.  Evidence  of  Insurance.   Lender  shall  have  received   evidence
satisfactory to it that USC has obtained policies of insurance required pursuant
to section 4.7.

         o. No Legal Restraints. There shall be no (i) litigation, investigation
or other proceeding of or before any Governmental  Authority  pending or, to the
best of knowledge  of each member of the Inmark  Group,  threatened  against any
member of the Inmark Group or any of its  properties or revenues that could have
a Material Adverse Effect or (ii)  injunction,  writ,  restraining  order or any
order of any nature  issued by any  Governmental  Authority  directing  that the
transactions  provided  for in this  Amendment  not be  consummated  as  therein
provided.

         p.   Additional   Matters.   Lender  shall  have  received  such  other
certificates,  opinions,  documents and instruments relating to the transactions
contemplated  by this  Amendment as it may have  reasonably  requested,  and all
corporate  and  other  proceedings  and  all  other  documents  (including,  all
documents  referred to herein and not  appearing  as exhibits  hereto) and legal
matters in


                                        6

<PAGE>



connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Amendment  shall  be
satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel.

11. North  American  Holding Corp.  The Inmark Group  acknowledges,  represents,
warrants and covenants  with respect to its  affiliate  North  American  Holding
Corp.  ("NAHC"):  (i) 100 percent of the issued and outstanding equity interests
of NAHC is owned by a member of the Inmark Group; (ii) NAHC has no right,  title
or interest  of any kind in or to any asset or  property of any kind  (tangible,
intangible or otherwise); (iii) no member of the Inmark Group has at any time or
will at any time  permit the  conduct of any  business  of any kind  (including,
without  limitation,  the purchase or  acquisition  (by transfer,  conveyance or
otherwise)  of any  asset  or  property  of any  kind or the  assumption  of any
liability or obligation of any kind);  and (iv) as soon as  practicable,  Inmark
Group will cause the dissolution of NAHC.

12. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts,  each
of which, when executed and delivered,  shall be deemed an original,  and all of
which together shall constitute one agreement.

13.  Governing  Law.  This  Amendment  shall be  governed by and  construed  and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to principles of conflicts of law.

14. Effect of Amendment. From and after the effectiveness hereof, all references
to the Agreement,  the Security  Agreement and the Pledge Agreement in the other
Loan Documents shall mean the Agreement,  the Security  Agreement and the Pledge
Agreement, respectively, as amended and modified by this Amendment.

15.  Ratification.  Except as amended and otherwise  modified by this Amendment,
the Agreement,  the Security Agreement,  the Pledge Agreement and the other Loan
Documents  shall  remain in full  force  and  effect in  accordance  with  their
respective terms.


                            [signature page follows]


                                        7

<PAGE>





         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly  authorized  officers as of
the day and year first above written.


                   PNC BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION



                   By:               /s/ Charles W. Jones
                                     ---------------------
                   Name/Title:       Charles W. Jones


                   INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.



                   By:               /s/ Donald A. Bernard
                                     ---------------------
                   Name/Title:       Donald A. Bernard
                                     Executive Vice President,
                                     Chief Financial Officer and
                                     Secretary


                   U.S. CONCEPTS, INC.
                   (a Delaware corporation)



                   By:               /s/ Donald A. Bernard
                                     ---------------------
                   Name/Title:       Donald A. Bernard
                                     Executive Vice President,
                                     Chief Financial Officer and
                                     Secretary


                   INMARK SERVICES, INC.



                   By:               /s/ Donald A. Bernard
                                     ---------------------
                   Name/Title:       Donald A. Bernard
                                     Executive Vice President,
                                     Chief Financial Officer and
                                     Secretary



                                        8

<PAGE>



                   OPTIMUM GROUP, INC.



                   By:               Donald A. Bernard
                                     ---------------------
                   Name/Title:       Donald A. Bernard
                                     Executive Vice President,
                                     Chief Financial Officer and
                                     Secretary


                                        9



                       SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

         THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT; SECURITY AGREEMENT; and PLEDGE
AGREEMENT  (this  "Amendment")  is made as of  January  14,  1999 among PNC Bank
National  Association  ("Lender")  having offices at One Garret  Mountain Plaza,
West  Paterson,   New  Jersey  07424,  Inmark  Enterprises,   Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("Enterprises"),  U.S.  Concepts,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,
("USC"), Inmark Services, Inc. a Delaware corporation ("Services"),  and Optimum
Group, Inc., an Ohio corporation (formerly, OG Acquisition Corp.) ("New OGI" and
together with Services and USC, the "Borrower"). Enterprises, USC, Services, and
New OGI are collectively referred to herein as the "Inmark Group".

                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENT:

         A.  Lender,  Enterprises,  Services  and  New OGI  entered  into a Loan
Agreement  dated as of March 31, 1998 (as amended by a First  Amendment  to Loan
Documents  dated as of December  29, 1998,  to which USC became a party,  and as
amended hereby and as further amended,  supplemented or otherwise  modified from
time to time, the "Agreement"),  pursuant to which,  among other things,  Lender
agreed to make (i)  Revolving  Loans to  Services  and New OGI in the  aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000 and (ii) a
term loan to Services and New OGI in the  principal  amount of  $5,000,000,  all
upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

         B. Enterprises,  Services and New OGI entered into a Security Agreement
in favor of Lender dated as of March 31, 1998 (as amended  hereby and as further
amended,  supplemented  or otherwise  modified from time to time,  the "Security
Agreement").

         C. Enterprises, Services and New OGI entered into a Pledge Agreement in
favor of Lender  dated as of March 31,  1998 (as  amended  hereby and as further
amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  from time to time,  the "Pledge
Agreement").

         D.  Enterprises  entered into a Guaranty in favor of Lender dated as of
March 31,  1998 (as  amended  hereby and as  further  amended,  supplemented  or
otherwise modified from time to time, the "Guaranty").

         E.  Enterprises,  Services,  New OGI and USC have each  requested  that
Lender  increase  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Revolving  Loans to
Services,  USC and New OGI by $2,000,000 so that the aggregate  principal amount
at any one time outstanding is not to exceed $7,000,000 until December 31, 1999,
at which time the amount of the Revolving Loans shall be reduced to $5,000,000.

         E. Lender has agreed to the  increase of the  Revolving  Loans upon the
condition,  among  others,  that each member of the Inmark  Group  executes  and
delivers this Amendment.





<PAGE>



                                   AGREEMENT:

1.       Definitions.  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the
same meanings given them in the Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein.


2. Section 1.1 (a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to delete "$5,000,00"
in the sixth line and substitute "$7,000,000" therefor

3.  Certain  Representations  and  Warranties.  In order to induce the Lender to
enter into this Amendment, each member of the Inmark Group hereby represents and
warrants to the Lender that after giving effect to the transactions contemplated
by the Proposed Transaction:

         a. no Event of Default,  or any event which, with the giving of notice,
the lapse of time, or both,  or the  occurrence  of any other  condition,  would
constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing;

         b. the Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and each
of the other Loan Documents (as amended by this Amendment),  after giving effect
to this Amendment, continue to be in full force and effect and to constitute the
legal, valid and binding  obligations of each member of the Inmark Group that is
a party  thereto,  enforceable  against  each  member  of the  Inmark  Group  in
accordance with their respective terms; and

         c. the representations and warranties made by each member of the Inmark
Group in or  pursuant  to the  Agreement,  the  Security  Agreement,  the Pledge
Agreement  or any  other  Loan  Document  (in  each  case  as  amended  by  this
Amendment), or which are contained in any certificate,  document or financial or
other  statement  furnished  at any time  under  or in  connection  herewith  or
therewith,  are each true and correct in on and as of the date hereof, as though
made on and as of such date.


4.       Certain Acknowledgments.

         The  parties  acknowledge  and  agree  that the term  "Loan  Documents"
includes  any  Documents  relating  to any  derivative,  swap or  other  similar
transactions entered into by any member of the Inmark Group in relation to or in
connection  with  the  other  Loan  Documents,  and  correspondingly,  the  term
"Obligations"  as used in the Loan  Documents,  includes all the liabilities and
obligations  under such  Documents  relating to such  derivative,  swap or other
similar transactions.

5. Conditions to  Effectiveness  of this Amendment.  This Amendment shall become
effective upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  a. Note.  In exchange for the Amended and  Restated  Revolving
Note dated December 29, 1998 as of March 31, 1998,  Lender shall have received a
Second  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Note  payable to the order of Lender,
conforming  to the  requirements  hereof  and  executed  by (a) duly  authorized
officer(s) of Borrower.

                  b. Certain  Other Loan  Documents.  Lender shall have received
each of the following, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto (other
than Lender) and each of which shall be in full force and effect.

                  c. Fees and  Expenses.  The Inmark  Group  shall have paid all
expenses of Lender,  including,  without  limitation,  an  amendment  fee in the
amount of $10,000,  reasonable counsel fees, in connection with the preparation,
execution and delivery of this Amendment and all other documents and instruments
to be executed and delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith,  and the
transactions contemplated hereby.

                  d.  Certificate  of Secretary of Assistant  Secretary.  Lender
shall have received a certificate  from the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary
of each member of the Inmark  Group,  dated the  Closing  Date,  certifying  (as
applicable)  that or as to (i)  attached  to each  such  certificate  is a true,
complete and correct copy of the  resolutions  of the Board of Directors of such
member of the  Inmark  Group  authorizing  among  other  things  the  execution,
delivery and  performance of this Amendment and (ii) such  resolutions  have not
been amended,  modified, revoked or rescinded since the dates on which they were
adopted and (iii) the  incumbency  and  signature of each  officer  signing this
Amendment and any other  certificate or other document to be delivered  pursuant
hereto (and another  officer of such member of the Inmark Group shall certify as
to the incumbency of such Secretary or Assistant Secretary).

                  e.  Recordings  and  Filings;  Other  Actions.  Any  documents
(including,  without  limitation,  financing  statements  and an  assignment  of
registered  intellectual property) required to be filed,  registered or recorded
(and that have not already  been so filed,  registered  or recorded) in order to
create,  in favor of Lender a perfected Lien against the  Collateral  thereunder
with  respect to which a Lien may be  perfected  by a filing  under the  Uniform
Commercial Code or any other  applicable law shall have been delivered to Lender
duly  executed  by the  appropriate  member of the Inmark  Group and shall be in
proper  form  to be  filed,  registered  or  recorded  in  each  office  in each
jurisdiction  required in order to create in favor of Lender a perfected Lien on
the respective  Collateral described therein having the priority purported to be
granted  thereby.  Lender shall have also  received  evidence that all necessary
filing  fees  and  all  taxes  or  other  expenses   related  to  such  filings,
registrations  or  recordings  will be paid in full.  Lender shall have received
evidence  that all  other  actions  necessary  or,  in the  opinion  of  Lender,
desirable to perfect the Liens created by the Loan Documents have been taken.

                  f. No Legal  Restraints.  There  shall  be no (i)  litigation,
investigation  or other  proceeding  of or  before  any  Governmental  Authority
pending  or,  to the best of  knowledge  of each  member  of the  Inmark  Group,
threatened  against any member of the Inmark Group or any of its  properties  or
revenues that could have a Material  Adverse  Effect or (ii)  injunction,  writ,
restraining  order  or  any  order  of any  nature  issued  by any  Governmental
Authority directing that the transactions  provided for in this Amendment not be
consummated as therein provided.





                                        3

<PAGE>



                  g. Additional  Matters.  Lender shall have received such other
certificates,  opinions,  documents and instruments relating to the transactions
contemplated  by this  Amendment as it may have  reasonably  requested,  and all
corporate  and  other  proceedings  and  all  other  documents  (including,  all
documents  referred to herein and not  appearing  as exhibits  hereto) and legal
matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall
be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of
which,  when  executed and  delivered,  shall be deemed an original,  and all of
which together shall constitute one agreement.

7.  Governing  Law.  This  Amendment  shall be  governed  by and  construed  and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to principles of conflicts of law.

8. Effect of Amendment.  From and after the effectiveness hereof, all references
to the Agreement,  the Security  Agreement and the Pledge Agreement in the other
Loan Documents shall mean the Agreement,  the Security  Agreement and the Pledge
Agreement, respectively, as amended and modified by this Amendment.

9. Ratification. Except as amended and otherwise modified by this Amendment, the
Agreement,  the  Security  Agreement,  the Pledge  Agreement  and the other Loan
Documents  shall  remain in full  force  and  effect in  accordance  with  their
respective terms.


                            [signature page follows]


                                        4

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly  authorized  officers as of
the day and year first above written.


                      PNC BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION



                      By: /s/ Charles W. Jones
                         -----------------------
                      Name/Title:  Charles W. Jones, VP


                      INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.



                      By: /s/ John P. Benfield
                         -----------------------
                      Name/Title:  John P. Benfield, CEO


                      U.S. CONCEPTS, INC.
                      (a Delaware corporation)



                      By: /s/ Brian Murphy
                         -----------------------
                      Name/Title:  Brian Murphy, President


                      INMARK SERVICES, INC.



                      By: /s/ John P. Benfield
                         -----------------------
                      Name/Title:  John P. Benfield, CEO


                      OPTIMUM GROUP, INC.



                      By: /s/ Thomas E. Lachenman
                         -----------------------
                      Name/Title:  Thomas E. Lachenman, CEO


                                        5




                        THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

         THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT;  SECURITY AGREEMENT; and PLEDGE
AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is made as of June 30, 1999 among PNC Bank National
Association  ("Lender")  having  offices  at One  Garret  Mountain  Plaza,  West
Paterson,  New Jersey 07424,  Inmark Enterprises,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
("Enterprises"),  U.S. Concepts,  Inc., a Delaware corporation,  ("USC"), Inmark
Services, Inc. a Delaware corporation ("Services"),  and Optimum Group, Inc., an
Ohio corporation  (formerly,  OG Acquisition Corp.) ("New OGI" and together with
Services and USC, the "Borrower").  Enterprises,  USC, Services, and New OGI are
collectively referred to herein as the "Inmark Group".

                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENT:

         A.  Lender,  Enterprises,  Services  and  New OGI  entered  into a Loan
Agreement  dated as of March 31,  1998 ((i) as amended by a First  Amendment  to
Loan Documents dated as of December 29, 1998, to which USC became a party,  (ii)
as amended by a Second Amendment to Loan Documents dated as of January 14, 1999,
and (iii) as amended hereby and as further  amended,  supplemented  or otherwise
modified from time to time,  the  "Agreement"),  pursuant to which,  among other
things,  Lender agreed to make (i) Revolving  Loans to Borrower in the aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $7,000,000 and (ii) a
term loan to Borrower in the principal amount of $5,000,000,  all upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

         B. The Inmark Group has requested that Lender waive the  non-compliance
by Borrower of certain of its covenants under Sections 4.5(c),  6.1, 6.2 and 6.4
of the Agreement  (such waivers as expressly  described and limited herein shall
be referred to collectively as "Waivers").

         C. Lender has agreed to the Waivers upon the  condition,  among others,
that each member of the Inmark Group agrees to the  amendments  set forth herein
and executes and delivers this Amendment.


                                   AGREEMENT:

1.  Definitions.  Capitalized  terms used in this Amendment  shall have the same
meanings given them in the Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein.

2. Section  1.1(a).  Section 1.1(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to delete
"$7,000,000" in the sixth line and substitute "$5,000,000" therefor.

3. Section 3.8. The Lender hereby  acknowledges that the events described in the
letter  dated June 30, 1999 from  counsel to the Inmark  Group to counsel to the
Lender and attached  hereto as Exhibit A relative to Agreement of Sublease dated
November 8, 1995 between Ketchum  Communications,  Inc., and USC, as assignee of
U.S  Concepts,  Inc., a New York  corporation  (the  "Sublease")  solely for the
purposes of Section 3.8 of the  Agreement do not  constitute a default under the
Sublease which individually or in the aggregate has a Material Adverse Effect on
USC.


<PAGE>



4.  Section   4.5(c).   The  Lender   hereby   grants  a  waiver  of  Borrower's
non-compliance  with  Section  4.5(c) of the  Agreement,  solely in  respect  of
Borrower's  failure to deliver the required  monthly  financial  statements  and
Accounts aging report and account payable aging reports in respect of the months
ended April  30,1999  (the "April 1999  Report")  and May 31,1999 (the "May 1999
Report"),  and of the  Event of  Default  that  would  otherwise  result  from a
violation of that Section,  solely by reason of such non-compliance.  The Inmark
Group agrees that failure to submit the April 1999 Report and May 1999 Report to
Lender on or before July 15,1999 and July 31, 1999 respectively shall constitute
a  breach  of the  Agreement,  retroactive  to the  date of  Borrower's  initial
non-compliance with Section 4.5(c).

5. Section 6.1.

         a.  Waiver.   The  Lender   hereby   grants  a  waiver  of   Borrower's
non-compliance  with  Section  6.1 of the  Agreement,  solely in  respect of the
quarter ended March 31, 1999,  and of the Event of Default that would  otherwise
result  from  a   violation   of  that   Section,   solely  by  reason  of  such
non-compliance.

         b.  Amendment.  Section 6.1 of the Loan  Agreement is hereby amended to
replace the Minimum EBITDA amounts corresponding to the following dates with the
respective adjusted amounts set forth below:

         Quarter Ended                               Minimum EBITDA

         June 30, 1999                               $2,050,000
         September 30, 1999                          $3,210,000
         December 31, 1999                           $3,450,000

6. Section 6.2.

         a.  Waiver.   The  Lender   hereby   grants  a  waiver  of   Borrower's
non-compliance  with  Section  6.2 of the  Agreement,  solely in  respect of the
quarter ended March 31, 1999,  and of the Event of Default that would  otherwise
result  from  a   violation   of  that   Section,   solely  by  reason  of  such
non-compliance.

         b.  Amendment.  Section 6.2 of the Loan  Agreement is hereby amended to
replace the Maximum  Senior Debt Leverage Ratio  corresponding  to the following
dates with the respective adjusted ratios set forth below:

         Quarter Ended                        Maximum Senior Debt
                                                Leverage Ratio

         June 30, 1999                               4.15:1
         September 30, 1999                          2.75:1
         December 31, 1999                           2.50:1

7. Section 6.4 The Lender hereby  grants a waiver of  Borrower's  non-compliance
with Section 6.4 of the Agreement,  solely in respect of the quarter ended March
31,  1999,  and of the Event of  Default  that  would  otherwise  result  from a
violation of that Section, solely by reason of such non-compliance.



                                        2

<PAGE>



8.  Applicable  Margin.  The  "Applicable  Margin," as defined in Section 1.1 of
Exhibit  A,  is  hereby  amended  to  replace  the  rates   applicable  for  the
corresponding  Total Leverage Ratio with the following  adjusted rates set forth
below:

                                    Applicable Margin for     Applicable Margin
 Senior Debt Leverage Ratio         Eurodollar Rate Loans    for Base Rate Loans

 less than 1.5:1                             1.50%                      0.00%
 less than 2.0:1 but greater                 2.00%                      0.50%
 than or equal to 1.5:1
 less than 3.0:1 but greater                 2.50%                      1.00%
 than or equal to 2.0:1
 greater than or equal to 3.0:1              3.00%                      1.50%

9.  Interest  Period.  The portion of the second  sentence of the  definition of
"Interest  Period,"  in Section  1.1 of  Exhibit  A, up to the colon,  is hereby
amended and restated as follows:

         "The duration of each such Interest Period shall be three months,
provided that:"

         The portion of such second  sentence  following  the colon shall remain
unchanged.

10. Other  Covenants.  Each member of the Inmark Group,  jointly and  severally,
covenants  and agrees that it shall  furnish to the Lender in form and substance
satisfactory to Lender:

         a. As soon as  available,  but in no event later than 45 calendar  days
after the end of the  quarters  ending  June 30,  1999,  September  30, 1999 and
December 31, 1999, at the Inmark Group's sole cost and expense, a report in form
and substance  reasonably  acceptable to Lender that includes (i) a cover letter
from KPMG LLP pertaining to its review of the financial statements of the Inmark
Group and (ii) a special  report from KPMG LLP  pertaining to its testing of not
less than 75 percent of the  revenue  recognized  in the  applicable  quarter by
Services -- it being agreed that such report shall include KPMG LLP's review and
analysis of, among other things,  Services'  following of its corporate policies
for  revenue  recognition,  Services'  matching  of  expenses  and  accruals  in
accordance with GAAP and such other matters customarily found in reports of this
type from accounting firms; and

         b. No later than July 31, 1999, a written  plan,  prepared and approved
by the  management  of the Inmark Group,  that sets forth in  reasonable  detail
(together with estimated time frames) to address (and cure) the issues raised in
the management letter, dated June 10, 1999, from KPMG LLP to the Inmark Group.

11. Additional Fees. The Inmark Group acknowledges and agree that if the Maximum
Senior Debt Leverage  Ratio is not reduced below 2.0:1 in respect of the quarter
ended  December  31, 1999,  Borrower  shall pay to Lender an  additional  fee of
$25,000, as soon as practicable, but in no case later than January 15, 2000.

12. Collection of Receivables.  If requested by Lender, Borrower shall establish
and  maintain  at an office of Lender a lockbox  (the  "Lockbox"),  pursuant  to
Lender's form of Lockbox Agreement (the "Lockbox Agreement"), for the collection
of payments in respect of Accounts. When such Lockbox is


                                        3

<PAGE>



established,  Borrower will direct each Account  debtor to remit all payments in
respect  of  Accounts  directly  into  the  Lockbox.  If,  notwithstanding  such
instructions,  the  borrower  receives the  proceeds of any  Accounts,  it shall
receive them as the Lender's  trustee,  shall not commingle them with Borrower's
other funds and shall  immediately  deliver such payments to the Lender in their
original  form,  duly  endorsed  in blank or shall  deposit  them into a payment
account, as the Lender may direct. Each deposit of any such proceeds of Accounts
shall be accompanied by information  describing the source of the funds.  Lender
may, at any time, notify Account debtors that the Accounts have been assigned to
the Lender and may collect them  directly and charge  Borrower for the costs and
expenses of collection. Borrower, at Lender's request, shall execute and deliver
to the Lender the Lockbox Agreement,  any documents  contemplated by the Lockbox
Agreement and such other  documents as Lender shall  require in connection  with
the foregoing.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Lockbox Agreement,  if executed,
shall be considered a "Loan Document."

13.      Certain Representations and Warranties.

         a. In order to induce  the Lender to enter  into this  Amendment,  each
member of the Inmark  Group  hereby  represents  and warrants to the Lender that
after  giving  effect to the Waivers  and the  amendments  contemplated  by this
Amendment that:

         (1) no Event of Default, or any event which, with the giving of notice,
the lapse of time, or both,  or the  occurrence  of any other  condition,  would
constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing;

         (2) the Agreement,  the Security  Agreement,  the Pledge  Agreement and
each of the other Loan  Documents (as amended by this  Amendment),  after giving
effect  to this  Amendment,  continue  to be in full  force  and  effect  and to
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each member of the Inmark
Group that is a party  thereto,  enforceable  against  each member of the Inmark
Group in accordance with their respective terms;

         (3) the  representations  and  warranties  made by each  member  of the
Inmark Group in or pursuant to the Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Pledge
Agreement  or any  other  Loan  Document  (in  each  case  as  amended  by  this
Amendment), or which are contained in any certificate,  document or financial or
other  statement  furnished  at any time  under  or in  connection  herewith  or
therewith,  are each true and correct in on and as of the date hereof, as though
made on and as of such date;

         (4) the "draft" quarterly financial statements for the Inmark Group for
the  quarter  ended  March 31, 1999 and  delivered  to Lender  were  prepared in
accordance  with GAAP and fairly  present the financial  condition and operating
results of the Inmark Group as of that date;

         (5) the "draft" financial  statements for year ended March 31, 1999 for
the Inmark Group  delivered to Lender were prepared in accordance  with GAAP and
fairly present the financial condition and operating results of the Inmark Group
as of that date;  and the KPMG LLP audited  financial  statements for the Inmark
Group for the same  period will not  reflect  any  modification  from such draft
(other than non-material modifications).

14.  Conditions to Effectiveness of this Amendment.  This Amendment shall become
effective upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:


                                        4

<PAGE>




                  a.  Mandatory  Prepayment.  Borrower  shall have  prepaid  the
outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan in an amount equal to $1,340,000.

                  b. Note.  In  exchange  for the Second  Amended  and  Restated
Revolving  Note,  Lender  shall  have  received  a Third  Amended  and  Restated
Revolving Note,  payable to the order of Lender,  conforming to the requirements
hereof and executed by (a) duly authorized officer(s) of Borrower.

                  c. Fees and  Expenses.  The Inmark  Group  shall have paid all
expenses of Lender, including,  without limitation,  (i) an amendment fee in the
amount  of  $25,000  and  (ii)  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of  counsel,  in
connection  with the  preparation,  execution and delivery of this Amendment and
all other documents and instruments to be executed and delivered pursuant hereto
or in connection herewith, and the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  d.  Recordings  and  Filings;  Other  Actions.  Any  documents
(including,  without  limitation,  financing  statements  and an  assignment  of
registered  intellectual property) required to be filed,  registered or recorded
(and that have not already  been so filed,  registered  or recorded) in order to
create,  in favor of Lender a perfected Lien against the  Collateral  thereunder
with  respect to which a Lien may be  perfected  by a filing  under the  Uniform
Commercial Code or any other  applicable law shall have been delivered to Lender
duly  executed  by the  appropriate  member of the Inmark  Group and shall be in
proper  form  to be  filed,  registered  or  recorded  in  each  office  in each
jurisdiction  required in order to create in favor of Lender a perfected Lien on
the respective  Collateral described therein having the priority purported to be
granted  thereby.  Lender shall have also  received  evidence that all necessary
filing  fees  and  all  taxes  or  other  expenses   related  to  such  filings,
registrations  or  recordings  will be paid in full.  Lender shall have received
evidence  that all  other  actions  necessary  or,  in the  opinion  of  Lender,
desirable to perfect the Liens created by the Loan Documents have been taken.

                  e. No Legal  Restraints.  There  shall  be no (i)  litigation,
investigation  or other  proceeding  of or  before  any  Governmental  Authority
pending  or,  to the best of  knowledge  of each  member  of the  Inmark  Group,
threatened  against any member of the Inmark Group or any of its  properties  or
revenues that could have a Material  Adverse  Effect or (ii)  injunction,  writ,
restraining  order  or  any  order  of any  nature  issued  by any  Governmental
Authority directing that the transactions  provided for in this Amendment not be
consummated as therein provided.

                  f. Additional  Matters.  Lender shall have received such other
certificates,  opinions,  documents and instruments relating to the transactions
contemplated  by this  Amendment as it may have  reasonably  requested,  and all
corporate  and  other  proceedings  and  all  other  documents  (including,  all
documents  referred to herein and not  appearing  as exhibits  hereto) and legal
matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall
be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel.

15. Condition Subsequent.  This Amendment shall become automatically void and of
no force  and  effect  if on or  prior to July 1,  1999  Lender  shall  not have
received a  certificate  from the  Secretary or an  Assistant  Secretary of each
member of the Inmark Group,  dated the Closing Date,  certifying (as applicable)
that or as to (i)  attached to each such  certificate  is a true,  complete  and
correct copy of the  resolutions of the Board of Directors of such member of the
Inmark  Group  authorizing  among  other  things  the  execution,  delivery  and
performance of this Amendment and (ii) such  resolutions  have not been amended,
modified,


                                        5

<PAGE>



revoked or  rescinded  since the dates on which they were  adopted and (iii) the
incumbency  and signature of each officer  signing this  Amendment and any other
certificate  or other  document to be  delivered  pursuant  hereto (and  another
officer of such member of the Inmark Group shall certify as to the incumbency of
such Secretary or Assistant Secretary).

16. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in several counterparts,  each
of which, when executed and delivered,  shall be deemed an original,  and all of
which together shall constitute one agreement.

17.  Governing  Law.  This  Amendment  shall be  governed by and  construed  and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving
effect to principles of conflicts of law.

18. Effect of Amendment. From and after the effectiveness hereof, all references
to the Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement in the other Loan
Documents  shall  mean  the  Agreement,   the  Security  Agreement,  the  Pledge
Agreement, respectively, as amended and modified by this Amendment.

19. Ratification; Effect of Waivers. Except as amended and otherwise modified by
this Amendment,  the Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and
the other Loan  Documents  shall  remain in full force and effect in  accordance
with their respective  terms.  Except as expressly  described above, the Waivers
shall  not  constitute  (i)  a  modification  or an  alteration  of  the  terms,
conditions or covenants of the  Agreement,  the Security  Agreement,  the Pledge
Agreement  or any other Loan  Document or (ii) a waiver,  release or  limitation
upon the Lender's exercise of any of its rights and remedies  thereunder,  which
are hereby  expressly  reserved.  The  Waivers  shall not relieve or release any
member  of  the  Inmark  Group  or any  guarantor  in any  way  from  any of its
respective duties, obligations, covenants or agreements under the Agreement, the
Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the other Loan Documents or from the
consequence of any Event of Default  thereunder,  except as expressly  described
above. The Waivers shall not obligate the Lender, or be construed to require the
Lender,  to waive any other Events of Default or defaults,  whether now existing
or which may occur after the date of this Amendment.


                            [signature page follows]


                                        6

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly  authorized  officers as of
the day and year first above written.


               PNC BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

               By: /s/ Charles W. Jones
                   --------------------
               Name/Title: Charles W. Jones
                           Vice President



               INMARK ENTERPRISES, INC.

               By: /s/ Donald A. Bernard
                   ---------------------
               Name/Title: Donald A. Bernard
                           Executive Vice President


               U.S. CONCEPTS, INC.
               (a Delaware corporation)

               By: /s/ Donald A. Bernard
                   ---------------------
               Name/Title: Donald A. Bernard
                           Executive Vice President


               INMARK SERVICES, INC.

               By: /s/ Donald A. Bernard
                   ---------------------
               Name/Title: Donald A. Bernard
                           Executive Vice President


               OPTIMUM GROUP, INC.

               By: /s/ Donald A. Bernard
                   ---------------------
               Name/Title: Donald A. Bernard
                           Executive Vice President


                                        7



                                   Exhibit 21



                         Subsidiaries of the Registrant



Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of Inmark Enterprises, Inc. (Registrant):

                                      State of Incorporation

         Inmark Services, Inc.               New York

         U.S. Concepts, Inc.                 Delaware

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Registrant's Wholly-
Owned Subsidiary, Inmark Services, Inc.:

         Optimum Group, Inc.                 Ohio

North  American  Holding  Corp.,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the  Registrant
incorporated in Delaware, was dissolved on May 17, 1999




                                   Exhibit 23



                         Consent of Independent Auditors



The Board of Directors
Inmark Enterprises, Inc.


We consent to  incorporation  by reference in the  registration  statements (No.
333-02392)  on Form S-8 and No.  333-60157  on Form S-3) of Inmark  Enterprises,
Inc. of our report dated June 10, 1999, except as to note 5, which is as of June
30, 1999,  relating to the  consolidated  balance sheets of Inmark  Enterprises,
Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as  of  March  31,  1999  and  1998,  and  the  related
consolidated statements of operations,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
the three years then ended,  which  report  appears in the March 31, 1999 annual
report on Form 10-K of Inmark Enterprises, Inc.



                                    KPMG LLP

Melville, New York
June 30, 1999





<TABLE> <S> <C>



<ARTICLE>                                   5
<MULTIPLIER>                                1

<S>                                                <C>

<PERIOD-TYPE>                                           12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                  Mar-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                     Apr-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                       Mar-31-1999
<CASH>                                               2,687,575
<SECURITIES>                                                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                                       16,580,180
<ALLOWANCES>                                                 0
<INVENTORY>                                                  0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                    21,146,779
<PP&E>                                               1,820,479
<DEPRECIATION>                                         453,341
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                      42,452,443
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                               18,000,338
<BONDS>                                                      0
                                        0
                                                  0
<COMMON>                                                 4,513
<OTHER-SE>                                          12,572,592
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                        42,452,443
<SALES>                                             38,781,136
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                    38,781,136
<CGS>                                               26,311,235
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                       26,311,235
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     9,521,032
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                             0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                     717,969
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                      2,230,900
<INCOME-TAX>                                           892,361
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  1,338,539
<DISCONTINUED>                                               0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                              0
<CHANGES>                                                    0
<NET-INCOME>                                         1,338,539
<EPS-BASIC>                                              .30
<EPS-DILUTED>                                              .24






</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission